Home

HP LaserJet 3015/3020/3030 all-in-one Service Manual

1. In Wiring Ma TELM y m Ju HOLO3NNOO Cet a gen z ONG las E Sd EL Clan wun S328 SCH E eoeueyu 2223 EEL 5 eur ERRE uoioswNoo LEl E anona T ER JoyeUo4 Suen EI punos6 eurejj euiBu3 E Se r Gl ELT Hm LE kx LEI i cumivaas E Ig savas Bex R Er sa TEP 35 ER st h o giess ogne pla ee 3 alwe ER SSSIROSOUS 262520222068 LEI SO kel ando Sos ge rm D ol EU H D 9 H or ON yun Joel enge eiqeo 54 Jeuueos feu D 108105 Josues eDeuul 1981u0 oO Jeuueos ebeul jeeus moa E o 0091402 Fano BL RER s fe G zum O O Je uA fo F ny e AS E E 5 oun Od 10 98UU09 Kale in xowan Ch 53H SNOTSID d Ee junow JO OUJ DuipunoJ Eg ona FE
2. 241 T 30 protocol trace HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeteneeeeeeee 241 Service mode functions 1 2 cece etter etter ee ieee nee 262 Secondary Service MENU EE 262 Developer s menu ssssssssssssssssseeeeeeeen eren nnnm nmet ninh nter tns n einn nne nrt ntes inneren ses 263 Adjusting the country region code parameterg ee 264 Sli O 265 NVRAM EE 265 System settings for localized poroducts emen 266 Printer job language PJL software Commande sse 268 AURIS MI 269 Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 all in one nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnnnrnrneneesesnsesesesssennn 272 Component locations HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 allm one sss 276 Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base 277 187 Basic troubleshooting Note The HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 all in one products have faxing capabilities The HP LaserJet 3020 all in one product does not operate as a faxing device Is Power on successful When the product is connected to a grounded power source the words Hewlett Packard appear with moving cursors to indicate that the firmware code is loading and the printer motor rotates for approximately 5 seconds Note The flashing wavy lines that appear on the control panel display during this period are normal No power is available because of a failed power source Ver
3. Dees uj u A z 9 a a Charged Couple i Device Filter Unit Line Interface Unit 4 1112 19 14 t5 t6 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 9 t0 Image Sensor Unit j slep glep gliale SEEER j J1401 g oz a 31 t2 ta 1415 16 117 18 19 20 Saaz LL ER EG BEER j Vout 5 3 uu Yoo 5 E MODE Sa PP sensor PCA ds s GND 25 pias 8 E vec 2 E w Vref m sj SP 3 X I M cLK TOF sensor PCA 3 a S J al LED ANODE a Seen E CIS LONG FFC a ye LED j al S GREEN LED S P i z z RED LED i S FG E 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 e Control Panel uS 886228068 395555 ER e gas E 48 3V S ee SNS e fp mo E DCOM FP so le zl DCOM E w FP_SCK E PANEL FFC as Formatter z ol FP SI m a TOF SNS NEZ CG FP_RST rm ADF paper2 sensor 1 2 3 lt o a 8 ADF paperi L 72 sensor H 5 lt ADF cover GRN ADF_COVER 1 1 Is ADF_DETECT o GRY 9 ADF PAPER BRN DCOM j BLU m ADFm OUT A AE E ORN ADFm OUT B M BLK DCOM x ADF motor T RED ADFm OUT A o 2 vio _ ADFm OUT B 5 WHT zl 3 3v_ADF on z YEL ADF_PAPER 2 32 Z La e gt BRN ORN ST FBm our B BLU FBm OUT A NC e DcoM YEL FBm OUT B GRN FBm OUT A CENTRONICS CONNECTOR 5 ER vc 74 D SL ER Di Di OL D H v e m N Leg regn per je on 88 8 IH 61 LT LS TLSL TUS LEEFER dub dob D prp HEEL Figure 6 20
4. sse 75 Standard boot proCess te etes tese ege a x ga caduta dne dax 75 PRA 76 Parallel interface or universal serial bus USB interface neeeeeeeseeeseeereseerresere enn 76 erni ipe IE 76 ECONO MOOG e 76 j TT Enbhonced VO m 77 PUL OVOIMIEW asa Edge ndaecesaaanddchandaeedcsdacena aa aaa aaa aa Eaa aA AEE a eadvere 77 Printer functions all modals EE 78 Engine control system engine control unit and power supply assembiv 78 Image formation Systelm 2 2 32 nione deat e Rel deeds HG E ERI ee E Dre xu ae acea Ra edens 83 lte lee E 84 Printer paper feed Systm cccceecececcececeeeceeeeeaaeaeceseeeeesaneeeeeeesaceaeaeaaeceeesesaseesieeeeeeess 84 Jam detection in the printer ccccecceeseeeecneeceeeeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeseseneaeaeeeeeeeeeesencieeeeeeeeeseeeeas 85 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one unique Components nt 87 srt Meeriuem E 87 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one unique Components sss 93 Scanner and ADF functions and operation sssssssssssssssssseeenee 93 Fax functions and operation HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only sssesessssss 96 PSTN Operation EEUU 96 The fax subsystem EE 96 Formatter in the fax subsystem ssssssssssssssee eene eene nre 96 LIU in the fax subsystem ssssssessseeeee
5. ieiunii Lis eap cena aen neta Led sanae Lesen nac OQ ADF separation Pad crine eerte n re ete ioa reader ande vea CX Fede een 140 ADF input tray Tag 141 P plzole jene S 142 ADF scanner Oase nee enne nnne enne NANENANE REAA nennen 143 Scanner assembly EE 145 Printer product base 153 Printer Separation fe e DEE 154 PF UEC ATUL EEN 154 Printer pickup Nee TE EE 156 Media input ra 158 Transfer rolen artt tr Hee Do RE EIER E FUE eH RECHT e MERI e nae TIR o PUER E 159 Printer side Covers DI V vi Print cartridge TT Rear cover and f set COVOF isset La de dees a RR LE E se LUE onsen acid e o 164 Front COVO C 165 Installing the scanner cushions eene 167 Speaker assembhy nen nene en nre en nennen nennen tenens 168 erae ERAN 169 Formatter and line interface unit LIU mm 171 Scanner le elen e i e 175 Engine controller um Af Laset scanner assembly iicet reed tbi beo Rhe det ae ERES Rua dedans 181 Man Le o RE 182 gil m P 184 Paper pickup assemblv nennen eene enne nennen 186 6 Troubleshooting Basic troubleshooting sssssssseseseeeneene enne nnne nennen nennen 188 Control panel un Le TEE 193 Alert and warning messages ssssssssseeeeene eene nennen nennen nnne 193 lee EE 201 Eventlog oorr i cccsceciceccecte
6. 118 Remove the scanner assembly 3 of 15 sse 119 Remove the scanner assembly 4 of 15 119 Remove the scanner assembly 5 Of Il 120 Remove the scanner assembly 6 of 15 120 Remove the scanner assembly 7 of 15 121 Remove the scanner assembly 8 of 15 esses 121 Remove the scanner assembly 9 of 15 122 Remove the scanner assembly 10 of 15 sse 122 Remove the scanner assembly 11 of Il 123 Remove the scanner assembly 12 Of Il 124 Remove the scanner assembly 13 of Il 125 Remove the scanner assembly 14 of 15 sse 125 Remove the scanner assembly 15 of Il 126 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 1 of Al 127 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 2 of Al 127 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 3 of Al 128 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 4 of Al 128 Reinstalling the scanner assembly top Cover 129 Align the scanner assembly top cover and base 129 Remove the top cover assembly 1 of 2 130 Remove the top cover assembly 2 of 2 sss 130 Remove the pickup roller 1 of 2 131 Remove the pickup roller 2 of 2 131 Remove the white platen 1 of 2 sse 132 Remove the white platen 2 of 2 sss 132 Parts removal order HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner assembly 133 Remove the ADF input tray inet pte peii TREE EE 133 Remove the flatbed lid 1 of 5 ssssssss eee 1
7. 270 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Main wiring HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner assembly ENWW EZ 7 ten dl n jeuueos 1ese1 Joo ue vez LEV H Josues vod H wy JeNup Jase WwW ae l x gi toor L SLTSLTELTT LL He 7 Li er s ED Kap zl eTe 1088 ez 1 SNsOQ eer eer Leer il Tel Ist ZT T koer sz zZ Hiss e252 EB 8599995238 uos 1000 525 RERZ 22228582 Ime EI e usd ii 888 2 63365986 ois apen sc v oun se DS SNSOd ve 9 SNSMd ano e 11 SNSId DENG ET z 8 Net IO e ad 3 sia quo Ave nzr oor M Pm is TE q al SNSOd a Manap 1eded des a perti D 1L OQdul ama p hd pa 8L zi oQNHL o oer D e ovaa sosues fuoNop aede VOd reueg Hanep oded E YL OVHd st SL WMdtid D 91 NGLSMd ei DLL ACEH VOd 49 01 U09 euiBu3 zu BL Ager WOd Ajddns ueamog Ge Si are o gt 02 AN9 dosues aed jo doy D ano w leone ra Se 8 zz QNO la snama H p ez GND ojas 9 e sosues lt SS H ae ane Weg Geet O ECH v Joz w s gt 42 nt sosuas abed Jo dei UE ede xe md gu vee EE 3e Ate 2 828 855559999 92 Des Sz Aer 29829324555 222255 La Ee EEEECEEEEEKEECCECCKER oer SIZLSLSLVLELZLLLOL 6 8 Z 9 S v Z 1 olet 3 ur CET ne ES ala azer asepa gen T ano Ei eale OND ano EIS oule OND E Aver ET xz Aver 2 Pn m 2 gt z or 8 8 ER 8 8 G z poer dien REER aH ECCE l RON st ERN NIT ERRE E EEEE H Ei 3 eoejie
8. INITIAL WARMUP From the end of the AMBIENT LIGHT DETECT period until the scanner begins moving HOME FIND From the end of INITIAL WARMUP until the Ready message appears on the control panel display READY From the end of HOME FIND until the STANDBY period STANDBY Occurs 10 minutes after the start of the READY period or 10 minutes after the last scanner usage copy scan fax POWERSAVE Occurs a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 12 hours user configurable after the start of the READY period or after the last scanner usage CALIBRATION From the time the copy scan fax button is pressed until the STAGE period STAGE From the end of CALIBRATION until the SCAN period Chapter 4 Operational overview To warm up the scanner bulb To position the scanner at the home position under the bezel at the document origin end of the flatbed and to perform the final lamp warmup checks To keep the product ready to print scan copy or fax with no scanner warmup delay To reduce power consumption and increase scanner bulb life To reduce power consumption and increase scanner bulb life beyond what can be achieved with STANDBY To compensate for variability in the scanning system For an ADF scan to position the scanner under the ADF scanning window and then to position the original document s leading edge at the scanning position For a flatbed scan to position the scanner at the document o
9. OK means that the fax was successful e Pending faxes are in memory or are printing e For error codes and their meanings see Table 6 4 Fax receive codes and Table 6 5 Fax send codes Fax error correction mode ECM HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Normally the product monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax If the product detects an error during the transmission and the error correction mode is On the product can request that the portion of the fax be resent The factory set default for error correction mode is On To change the error correction setting 1 Press MENU ENTER Use the lt or gt button to select Fax setup and then press MENU ENTER Use the lt or gt button to select All faxes and then press wENU ENTER 2 3 4 Use the lt or gt button to select Error correction and then press MENU ENTER 5 Use the lt or gt button to select On or Off and then press MENU ENTER to save the selection V 34 fax standard V 34 is the industry wide fax standard for full duplex modems that transmit at speeds up to 28 000 bps When V 34 is turned on the product automatically adjusts the transmission speed based on the clarity of the image Turning V 34 off can resolve some fax transmission issues To change the V 34 setting 1 Press MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to select Fax setup and then press wENU ENTER 3 Use the lt or gt button to select All f
10. Phase E Call release hang up sequence HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Troubleshooting tools 255 Table 6 6 Fax phase sequence HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only continued Calling station Called station Table 6 7 Appropriate responses HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Commands Appropriate responses NSF CSI DIS Identifying capabilities from a NSC CIG DTC TSI DCS manual receiver or an auto NSF CSI DIS CRP TSI answer unit NSS PWD SEP CIG DTC PWD SUB TSI DCS NSC CIG DTC Mode setting command from TSI DCS NSF CSI DIS calling unit PWD SEP CIG DTC Poll operation Poll operation CRP TSI NSS TSI DCS TSI NSS Mode setting command from CFR FTT NSC CIG DTC manual transmitter or automatic receiver PWD SUB TSI DCS Command is always followed by NSC CIG DTC phasing training Mode setting command from CTR CRP the transmitter to the receiver EOR NULL Indicates the next block ERR RNR CRP transmission from the transmitter to the receiver Any one of the following The receiver EOR EOP EOR EOM EOR PRI MPS EOR PRI EOP EOR PRI EOM Any one of the following Post message commands MPS EOP EOM PRI MPS PRI EOP PRI EOM PPS NULL Post message command for a partial page from the transmitter to the receiver 256 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 6 7 Appropriate responses HP LaserJet 3015 and 30
11. Laser scanner assembly 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly e Left cover See Printer side covers e Rear cover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover e Print cartridge door See Print cartridge door e Front cover See Front cover e Scanner support frame See Scanner support frame e ECU See Engine controller unit ENWW Printer product base 181 2 Remove four screws callout 1 Remove the laser scanner assembly ASE st Amt SNL ASE AL AAYO OLET ALTTIINA NAKYMATTOMALLE LA KATSO SATEESEEN NG NAR DENNA DEL AR N MCN TET a E E GH Figure 5 140 Remove the laser scanner assembly Main motor 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly e Formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU e Left cover See Printer side covers e Rearcover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover e Print cartridge door See Print cartridge door e Front cover See Front cover e Scanner support frame See Scanner support frame e ECU See Engine controller unit e Laser scanner assembly See Laser scanner assembly 182 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Disconnect the motor wire har
12. Note Event log codes are not listed here For a list of event log codes see Event log codes Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Sp Group Name Phbook SpeedDial HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Canceled copy Clear document Canceled scan Clear document ENWW The product is waiting for the programmed one touch button to be pressed or add a speed dial code to a group dial code The cauce button was pressed to cancel the current job while pages were feeding from the document feeder The cancel process will not automatically clear the document feeder The cANnceL button was pressed to cancel the current job while pages were feeding from the document feeder The cancel process will not automatically clear the document feeder Begin adding fax numbers to the group dial code See To manage group dial entries in the fax guide on the product CD Open the ADF cover or raise the flatbed lid HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only remove the jammed item and close the door or lid Then clear the items in the document feeder tray and start over Open the ADF cover or raise the flatbed lid HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only remove the jammed item and close the door or lid Then clear the items in the document feeder tray and start over Control panel messages 193 Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Con
13. 2 Close the flatbed scanner cover and put the top end of the stack of originals into the ADF input tray with the media stack face up and the first page to be copied on top of the stack Figure 2 10 Loading the LJ 3020 and 3030 ADF 1 of 2 3 Slide the stack into the ADF until it does not move any farther 4 Adjust the media guides until they are snug against the media Figure 2 11 Loading the LJ 3020 and 3030 ADF 2 of 2 5 The document is now ready to be copied CAUTION To prevent damaging the device do not use an original that contains correction tape correction fluid or staples Loading originals onto the LJ 3020 and 3030 flatbed scanner 1 Make sure that the automatic document feeder ADF contains no media 2 Lift the flatoed scanner cover 3 Place the original document face down on the flatbed scanner with the top left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass 4 Gently close the lid The document is ready to be copied Figure 2 12 Loading the LJ 3020 and 3030 flatbed scanner CAUTION To prevent damaging the device do not allow the scanner lid to fall onto the flatbed scanner surface Always close the scanner lid when the device is not in use 46 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW ENWW Maintenance This chapter provides information about the following topics Life expectancies of parts that wear 48 Scanner calibration RE 49 Cleaning the Product ie cc a c 50 To clean the pri
14. Load the original with the side to be scanned facing down in the ADF for the HP LaserJet 3015 or up in the ADF for the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 Load the original with the side to be scanned facing down on the flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 216 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Pages are skewed crooked AQBbCc AadBbcc AaBbCcc AQBbCc AQBbCc The media is loaded incorrectly Reload the media and make sure that the media guides are not too tight or too loose against the media stack See Loading media The media guides are broken or missing Replace the media input tray or the paper pickup unit See Media input tray or Paper pickup assembly The ADF input tray is too full Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3015 ADF input tray can hold up to 30 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF input tray can hold up to 50 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 main input tray can hold up to 150 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper The type and quality of media does not meet HP Make sure that the media meets specifications specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Parts of the page around the edges are not printing aBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc aBbcc DhCc The product cannot print to the edge of the paper
15. Make sure that the flat flexible cables FFCs are properly connected on the formatter and on the laser scanner Check the FFC connection between the formatter and the scanner Note Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Try connecting the product to a different power source or surge protector If the error persists replace the laser scanner assembly See Laser scanner assembly Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only update the firmware If the error persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU ENWW Table 6 2 Critical error messages continued Control panel message ADF door is open HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only CIS Scanner Error HP LaserJet 3015 ENWW Event log Description The ADF lid is open or a sensor is malfunctioning The scanner assembly experienced an internal error Recommended action Make sure the ADF lid is closed If the ADF motor cover was removed during product servicing make sure that the cover is installed correctly and that the ADF lid can close properly See Figure 5 54 ADF cover correctly installed Make sure that the ADF lid is completely seated If necessary remove the ADF and reinstall it Turn off the power by using the power s
16. PS801 84 85 paper out sensor PS201 84 85 paper pickup assembly part numbers 316 paper pickup assembly removing 186 paper present sensor ADF 95 parallel cable ordering 284 parallel port 10 11 parallel ports 192 parameters fax data store 263 part numbers about 285 ADF HP LaserJet 3015 287 ADF HP LaserJet 3020 3030 297 301 bins 305 307 bushing 315 control panel bezels HP LaserJet 3020 301 control panel bezels HP LaserJet 3030 302 control panel overlays HP LaserJet 3015 291 control panel HP LaserJet 3015 287 covers 309 311 covers HP LaserJet 3015 291 cushion scanner 309 engine controller PCB assembly 313 flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 3030 297 flexible flat cable HP LaserJet 3015 291 formatter HP LaserJet 3015 287 formatter HP LaserJet 3020 3030 297 frame assembly HP LaserJet 3015 293 fuser fixing assy assembly 318 Index 339 grounding sheet HP LaserJet 3015 291 guide assembly HP LaserJet 3015 295 HP LaserJet 3015 287 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 296 internal components 311 laser scanner assembly 313 link assemblies HP LaserJet 3015 291 link assemblies HP LaserJet 3020 3030 299 link coupling 315 LIU 305 media levers HP LaserJet 3015 295 paper pickup assembly 316 pickup roller HP LaserJet 3015 293 platen HP LaserJet 3015 295 power supplies 311 print cartridges 305 printer base 305 scanner support frame 309 scanner support frame HP LaserJet 3015 291 separation pads HP LaserJet 3020 3030 295 301 separa
17. Product base pickup RL1 0266 000CN 50 000 pages Look for glazing and or roller cracks Can affect print quality and paper movement Product base RC1 1985 000CN 50 000 pages Can affect paper separation pad movement Fuser assembly 100 RM1 0862 000CN 50 000 pages Can affect print quality 127 V and paper movement Fuser assembly 220 RM1 0863 000CN 50 000 pages Can affect print quality 240 V and paper movement HP LaserJet 3015 ADF RM1 0891 000CN 25 000 pages Can affect movement of separation pad set documents to be scanned or copied HP LaserJet 3015 ADF RM1 0890 000CN 25 000 pages Can affect movement of separation pad documents to be assembly scanned or copied HP LaserJet C7309 60009 50 000 pages Can affect movement of 3020 3030 ADF documents to be separation pad scanned or copied HP LaserJet 3015 ADF RM1 0885 000CN 25 000 pages Can affect movement of pickup roller documents to be scanned or copied HP LaserJet C709 60109 50 000 pages Can affect movement of 3020 3030 ADF pickup documents to be roller scanned or copied PC The estimated print cartridge life is based on letter or A4 sized paper with an average of 5 percent toner coverage and a medium density setting Print cartridge life can be extended further by using draft mode settings to conserve toner 48 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Scanner calibration The scanner calibrates itself automatically at the start of scan of copy jobs Normally you do not
18. Replacing the ADF input tray HP LaserJet 3015 ADF output bin 1 Flex the wire ADF output tray until it fits into the slots on the ADF 2 Release the output tray and then verify that the ends of the tray are seated in the holes in the ADF Replacing the ADF output bin HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF pickup roller If the ADF has trouble picking paper see Troubleshooting to try to resolve the problem If necessary replace the ADF pickup roller assembly To remove the existing assembly follow these instructions 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 1 of 9 User replaceable parts 63 2 Remove the input tray and open the ADF cover Figure 3 33 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 2 of 9 3 Press the round green button while lifting the green lever Rotate the green lever until it stops in the open position The old pickup roller assembly should remain on the black surface Figure 3 34 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 3 of 9 4 Remove the old assembly and put the new one in exactly the same place The largest roller goes in back and the gear side is away from you Figure 3 35 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 4 of 9 5 Lower the green lever so that the flat green part fits between the rollers Press down on the green lever until you hear it snap into place Figure 3 36 Replacing the ADF pic
19. Solving paper feed problems 227 To clear a media jam from the automatic document feeder ADF 1 Remove the ADF input tray and open the ADF lid Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 ADF lid open HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 228 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 2 Carefully remove jammed media for the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 lifting the green lever rotate the pickup roller assembly until it stays open Gently try to remove the page without tearing it Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Clear an ADF jam HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 1 of 2 Note When removing media jammed in the ADF It might be helpful to remove the ADF guide cleanout comb Figure 6 12 Clear an ADF jam HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 2 of 2 3 Close the ADF lid and replace the ADF input tray Solving scanner copier paper feed problems Use the following tables to help solve paper feed problems when scanning or copying Long pages stop feeding through the ADF The document is too long The maximum document length is 381 mm 15 inches If the document is too long copy segments of it and scan each copy The paper delivery sensor is damaged Check the paper delivery sensor to make sure it is not jammed If the sensor cannot be corrected replace it ENWW Solving paper feed problems 229 Scanned items are crooked The media input tray guides are not set correctly Be sure to center the paper with the media input are broken or are missing tray guides Ver
20. When it does cycle the power Repeat the first step until the scan module is about 3 centimeters about 1 inch from the right edge of the scan glass Turn on power by using the power switch If the error persists replace the scanner assembly See Scanner assembly Event log codes These codes appear in the event log section of the configuration report Use this table to associate an event log code with a description of the event Table 6 3 Event log codes event occurred 204 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 3 Event log codes continued Event code Event sub code Event receive ID file is corrupted flash init as a result of a firmware upgrade write to flash failed access error 79 address error 79 illegal instruction 79 NNI privilege violation 79 trace fault 79 unimplemented line a opcode 79 unimplemented line f opcode 79 format error 79 uninitialized interrupt 79 ASIC fault 30016 insufficient memory 30017 print page punt 30035 NVRAM error 30036 NVRAM service error 30108 MIO connection break 30109 data communication error 30110 MIO buffer overflow 35028 bad MIO 35031 invalid personality 50003 bad fuser 50004 bad beam detect 50005 bad scanner motor 50007 engine communication error 50012 bad malfunction 50013 laser malfunction 30111 io parallel buffer overflow ENWW Control panel messages 205 Solving image quality problems Note No
21. fax 99 included 2 NVRAM init 265 RAM 76 Memory Enhancement technology MEt 77 Memory is low error message 198 menu structure report printing 241 menu structure control panel 33 menus developer 263 secondary service 262 messages alert and warning 193 control panel 193 critical 201 startup 75 mirror operations 83 misalignment troubleshooting 213 217 model number locating 7 modems connecting to HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 233 connecting to HP LaserJet 3030 all in one 233 features 2 231 speed 10 13 motors HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 274 operations 79 removing 182 stepping part number 311 multifeeds ADF 230 printer input trays 227 N No Dial Tone error message 198 No document sent error message 198 No fax answer error message 199 No fax detected error message 200 No fax pages to reprint error message 200 noise specifications 12 NVRAM included 76 init 265 O off hook 98 on hook 98 on off switch locating 5 one touch report 241 Online Customer Care HP 282 operating environment specifications 8 30 ENWW operating systems supported 3 operations ADF HP LaserJet 3015 87 ADF HP LaserJet 3020 3030 94 boot process 75 components 70 ECU 78 fax 96 formatter 75 HP LaserJet 3015 87 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 93 image formation 83 jam detection 85 LIU 75 motor 79 optical system HP LaserJet 3015 91 optical system HP LaserJet 3020 3030 93 paper feed system printer 84 power syste
22. scan and print data Parallel interface or universal serial bus USB interface The formatter receives incoming data through its bidirectional ECP or USB interface These interfaces provide high speed two way communication between the product and the host allowing you to change product settings and monitor product status from the host computer Control panel The control panel consists of the following features e groups of buttons to control fax copy scan and configuration functionality only the HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 have fax capability e a2 by 16 LCD display that shows status menus and messages e front panel status lights e the HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 have three LED status lights e the HP LaserJet 3020 has two LED status lights EconoMode When you select EconoMode draft in the printer driver the product uses less toner which extends the life of the print cartridge 76 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Note When using EconoMode image quality both clarity and contrast will be considerably decreased because less toner is applied to the page MEt HP Memory Enhancement technology MEt effectively doubles the standard memory through a variety of font and data compression methods Enhanced UO The enhanced I O EIO feature allows product memory to be used for storing data received from the host computer When EIO is enabled you can send more data to the product in shorter amounts of time so that you can
23. transmission after multiple retransmissions of erroneous data The remote machine has failed to respond to a fax command from the product because the connection is interrupted Or The remote user has pressed the Stop button while the remote machine was receiving Attempt to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved If the fax session was using error correction disable ECM Configure the remote machine for document reception by clearing any paper jams loading sufficient paper and clearing any other system errors Configure the local fax machine to use different configurations toggle the ECM state or select a slower reception speed None a defect exists in the remote machine Attempt to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable ECM ENWW ENWW Table 6 5 Fax send codes continued The remote fax machine has been Resend the document as two or more holding off the local fax machine separate fax transmissions Wait several from continuing the ongoing minutes between the end of one transmission transmission because of a temporary and the start of the next transmission low memory condition at the remote or machine If this hold off period exceeds a machine s specific timeout Disable ECM value the session is terminated Attempt to send the fax again when The product has attempted a black Use a different mode and attempt to send t
24. troubleshooting 227 loading 43 processor formatter 75 protocol trace report fax 242 254 PSTN 96 pulse dialing 98 Q quality troubleshooting about 206 copies andscans 216 repetitive defects 222 types of problems 206 R RAM 76 reams breaking 227 ENWW rear cover partnumber 309 311 removing 164 receive codes fax 243 recycling print cartridges 18 redistributing toner 206 reduction settings 207 221 refilled print cartridges 18 region settings 264 regulatory statements See statements removing ADF input tray HP LaserJet 3020 3030 133 ADF input tray flag HP LaserJet 3020 3030 141 ADF pickup roller HP LaserJet 3020 3030 142 ADF scanner glass HP LaserJet 3020 3030 143 ADF separation pad HP LaserJet 3020 3030 140 control panel bezel HP LaserJet 3015 112 control panel bezel HP LaserJet 3020 3030 139 control panel HP LaserJet 3015 113 control panel HP LaserJet 3020 3030 139 ECU 177 flatbed lid HP LaserJet 3020 3030 134 formatter 171 front cover 165 fuser 184 fuser cover 164 HP LaserJet 3015 parts 107 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 parts 133 laser scanner assembly 181 link assemblies HP LaserJet 3015 107 link assemblies HP LaserJet 3020 3030 136 LIU 171 main motor 182 media input tray 158 media lever and torsion spring HP LaserJet 3015 115 order of 104 paper pickup assembly 186 parts 103 pickup roller HP LaserJet 3015 130 power supply 169 print cartridge 154 print cartridge door 163 printer parts
25. 153 rearcover 164 scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 118 scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 3030 145 scanner side covers HP LaserJet 3015 110 scanner support frame 175 scanner support frame springs HP LaserJet 3015 107 scanner support frame springs HP LaserJet 3020 3030 136 scanner top cover HP LaserJet 3015 126 separation pad assembly HP LaserJet 3015 116 separation pad set HP LaserJet 3015 111 side covers 161 Index 341 speaker assembly 168 top cover HP LaserJet 3015 129 transfer roller 159 white platen 131 repetitive defects troubleshooting 212 222 replacement intervals 48 replacing ADF input tray 62 ADF input tray flag HP LaserJet 3020 3030 141 ADF output bin 63 ADF pickup roller 61 63 ADF pickup roller HP LaserJet 3020 3030 142 ADF scanner glass HP LaserJet 3020 3030 143 ADF separation pad HP LaserJet 3020 3030 140 ADF separation pads 62 ADF separation pads HP LaserJet 3020 3030 66 ADF HP LaserJet 3020 3030 104 control panel bezel HP LaserJet 3015 112 control panel HP LaserJet 3015 113 control panel HP LaserJet 3020 3030 139 control panel bezel 66 ECU 177 flatbed lid HP LaserJet 3020 3030 134 formatter 171 front cover 165 fuser 184 fuser cover 164 HP LaserJet 3015 parts 107 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 parts 133 laser scanner assembly 181 link assemblies HP LaserJet 3015 107 link assemblies HP LaserJet 3020 3030 136 LIU 171 main input tray 60 main motor 182 media input tray 158 media lever and torsion
26. 22 c E G High voltage power supply circuit 82 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Figure 4 6 ENWW Image formation system Laser printing requires the interaction of several different technologies including electronics optics and electrophotographics to provide a printed page Each process functions independently and must be coordinated with the other printer processes Image formation consists of seven processes Writing Stage lt t Flow of paper 4 Direction of drum rotation EN oos c Drum cleaning stage l CE TQ eed Paper delivery Image formation block diagram The seven image formation processes 1 Conditioning stage primary charging This process applies a uniform negative charge to the surface of the drum with the primary charging roller which is located in the print cartridge The primary charging roller is coated with conductive rubber An ac bias is applied to the roller to erase any residual charges from any previous image In addition the primary charging roller applies a negative dc bias to create a uniform negative potential on the drum surface The print density setting modifies the dc voltage 2 Writing stage scanning exposure During this process a modulated laser diode projects the beam onto a rotating scanning mirror As the mirror rotates the beam reflects off the mirror first through a set of focusing lenses then of
27. 302 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW o o 3030 bezel Norwegian Q2666 40025 Ber s 3030 bezel Swiss German Q2666 40027 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly 303 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base Figure 7 9 ENWW 304 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams 1 3015 20 30 print engine replacement 110 Q2665 67001 V 3015 20 30 print engine replacement 220 Q2665 67002 mM V Delivery tray assembly RM1 0859 000CN wy Pickup tray assembly RM1 0858 000CN EN Not US WW LIU Line interface unit Q2663 60001 shown Not EMEA LIU Line interface unit Q2687 60002 shown Not Print cartridge Q2460 67913 shown pinterThe HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base reference items 1 or 2 does not come with all of the covers and printed circuit assemblies that are required to make it a functioning unit Components from the unit that is being serviced must be installed onto the replacement printer base ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 305 Figure 7 10 Pickup and delivery tray assemblies LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 306 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW be memm 770000000 mem ty Delivery tray assembly product output bin RM1 0859 000CN Pickup tray assembly media input tray RM1 0858 000CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 307 External covers LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 11 Figure 7 E
28. 38 media supported 43 operations HP LaserJet 3015 87 operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 94 output bin replacing 63 part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 287 part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 3030 297 301 parts life expectancies 48 pickup roller removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 142 pickup roller replacing 61 63 replacing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 104 scanner glass removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 143 separation pad removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 140 separation pad replacing HP LaserJet 3015 62 separation pad replacing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 66 specifications 9 11 ENWW adhesive labels loading 43 specifications 40 alert messages 193 alignment troubleshooting 213 217 answering machines 231 232 appropriate responses fax 256 Australia 26 automatic document feeder See ADF B background gray 209 battery specifications 14 beam detect BD signal 83 bezel control panel part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 291 part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 301 part numbers HP LaserJet 3030 302 removing HP LaserJet 3015 112 removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 139 replacing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 66 bidirectional communications 75 77 billing filters fax 99 billing log 241 bins ADF replacing 63 capacity 8 10 jams clearing 225 locating 5 paper feeding operations 85 partnumbers 305 307 black dots troubleshooting printed pages 208 214 scanned images 220 black streaks troubleshooting 219 block diagrams HP LaserJet 3015 operations 87 image formation
29. 4 13 Figure 4 14 Figure 4 15 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 5 10 Figure 5 11 Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 14 Figure 5 15 Figure 5 16 Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Remove the separation Dad 62 Replacing the ADF input tray emm 63 Replacing the ADF output bim 63 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 1 of 90 63 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 2 of Oo 64 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 3 of 90 64 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 4 of 90 64 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 5 of 090 64 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 6 of 90 65 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 7 of 90 65 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 8 of 9 enesesse 65 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 9 Of 90 65 Remove the separation pad sssssssssssssseeeeen enel 66 Replacing the control panel bezel 1 of Ai 66 Replacing the control panel bezel 2 of Ai 67 Replacing the control panel bezel 3 of Ai 67 Replacing the control panel bezel 4 of Ai 67 Product configuration 0 2 niii a iba e et deen ni a ce d ee 70 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base timing To ML 74 Printer functional block dagram eem 78 Laser scanner operation eene nennen 80 High voltage power s
30. 5 28 Remove the scanner assembly 5 of 15 6 Rotate the back side of the cover away from the product and then slide the cover toward the front of the product to remove it CAUTION Make sure that the parallel connector bales are in the closed position If they are in the open position they might spring off when the cover is removed and be misplaced Figure 5 29 Remove the scanner assembly 6 of 15 120 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 7 Disconnect two flat flexible cables FFCs callout 4 and one wire harness connector callout 5 CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process r Figure 5 30 Remove the scanner assembly 7 of 15 8 Push the blue print cartridge door release button and then raise the scanner assembly until it locks open Figure 5 31 Remove the scanner assembly 8 of 15 ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 121 9 Grasp the tab on the gear drive arm bracket and carefully flex it away from the scanner assembly to release the bracket Figure 5 32 Remove the scanner assembly 9 of 15 10 Pull the bracket toward the right side of the product until its mounting tabs clear the holes in the scanner assembly Figure 5 33 Remove the scanner assembly 10 of 15 122 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW WARNING CAUTION Figure 5 34 ENWW 11 Use a small flat blade screwdriver to release the link tabs on each link assembly When the
31. 6 14 Note ENWW If a transfer problem replace the transfer roller If a fuser problem first make sure to check the two wire harness connectors J102 and J204 callout 1 on the power supply Check the fuser connectors on the fuser Check the fuser connectors on the power supply Drum rotation functional check The photosensitive drum located in the print cartridge must rotate in order for the print process to work The photosensitive drum receives its drive from the main drive assembly This test is especially important if refilled print cartridges have been used 1 Open the print cartridge door Functional checks 237 2 Remove the print cartridge 3 Mark the drive gear on the cartridge with a felt tipped marker Note the position of the mark 4 Install the print cartridge and close the print cartridge door The startup sequence should rotate the drum enough to move the mark 5 Open the print cartridge door and inspect the gear that was marked in step 3 Verify that the mark moved If the mark did not move inspect the main drive assembly to make sure that it is meshing with the print cartridge gears If the drive gears appear functional and the drum does not move replace the print cartridge High voltage contacts check The high voltage contacts in the product must have a good connection with the contacts on the print cartridge to provide the necessary voltages for the image formation processes To che
32. 83 printer functions 78 block fax list 241 boot process 75 breaking paper reams 227 buffer memory 77 bushing partnumber 315 buttons control panel 33 Index 333 C cables flexible flat HP LaserJet 3015 291 interface ordering 284 calibration scanner 49 caller ID boxes 231 232 Canada DOC regulations 25 Canceled copy errormessage 193 Canceled scan error message 193 Canceled send error message 194 card stock specifications 41 Care Pack HP 17 cartridge door part number 309 removing 163 cartridges checking 206 238 cleaning near 54 drum rotation check 237 extending life of 76 life expectancies 48 operations 83 84 part numbers 284 305 recycling 18 refilled 18 removing 154 warranty 16 central processing unit CPU formatter 75 characters misprinted 208 212 charging roller operations 83 power supply 81 checklists toner cartridge inspection 206 troubleshooting 188 checks control panel 235 drum rotation 237 half self test 235 high voltage contacts 238 circuitry power system 80 CIS contact image sensor 91 CIS Scanner Error message 203 classes HP Technical Training 282 cleaning about precautions 50 exterior 50 glass 51 high voltage connection points 238 lid backing 52 media guides 210 print path 50 print cartridge area 54 separation pads 56 toner off skin or fabric 55 Cleaning Mode message 194 cleaning stage image formation process 84 334 Index clipped pages troubl
33. AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AabbCc The media does not meet HP specifications for Make sure that the media meets specifications example it is too moist or too rough detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The toner is low Gently shake the print cartridge back and forth to redistribute the toner ENWW Solving image quality problems 215 Solving scanning copying image quality problems Use the following tables to help solve problems with scanned or copied pages Note Some image quality problems can be isolated by performing printer functional tests See Functional checks Image quality problems can also be caused by using cables that are not IEEE 1284 compliant Pages do not print The product is not plugged in or the power switch Make sure that the product is plugged into a is not on working wall outlet or power strip and that the power switch is turned on The computer cable is loose Check that the cable between the product and the computer is securely connected The tape was not removed from the print Remove the print cartridge remove the tape and cartridge reinstall the print cartridge The print cartridge is out of toner Replace the print cartridge The media does not meet HP specifications for Make sure that the media meets specifications example it is too moist or too rough detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The original was loaded upside down
34. Certain functional checks during troubleshooting must be performed with power supplied to the product However the power supply should be disconnected during removal Sheet metal and plastic edges in the product can be sharp Use caution when servicing this product Never operate or service the product with the protective cover removed from the laser scanner assembly The invisible reflected beam can damage your eyes The product contains components that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Always perform service work an an ESD protected workstation If an ESD protected workstation is not available discharge body static by grasping the print engine chassis before touching an ESD sensitive component Ground the print engine chassis before servicing the product Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process For service purposes the upper part of the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 is in effect the scanner and the lower part is the printer Together they also act as a photocopier or fax machine the HP LaserJet 3020 does not have fax capabilities but the service description here is simplified by referring to copier or fax functionality only when specifically necessary To install a self tapping screw first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten Do not overtighten Required tools e 2 Phillips screwdriver with magne
35. Comm Err Dial Prefix Detect dial tone Billing codes Fax Recv setup Answer mode Rings To answer Answer Ring Type Extension Phone Silence Detect Fit to page Stamp faxes Forward fax Block faxes Add entry Delete entry Clear all All faxes Error correction Common settings Language Def Paper Size Print Density Volume settings Alarm volume Ring volume Key Press volume PhoneLine Volume ENWW Control panel menu structure 35 Table 2 1 Control panel menu structure continued Service Print T 30 trace Restore defaults Cleaning Mode Power Save time HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only Less paper curl 36 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW Product media specifications The product accepts a variety of media Properties such as weight grain and moisture content are important factors that affect printer performance and output quality Media should conform to the guidelines in the user guide on the product CD Media that does not meet HP guidelines might cause poor print quality increased jams or premature wear on the product CAUTION Damage caused by media that does not meet HP s specifications is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements Main input tray all models The printer supports media within this size range e Minimum 76 by 127 mm 3 by 5 inches e Maximum 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches Media type settings control the temperature of the fuser To optimize the print quality change the settings t
36. Contact your equipment supplier if it is necessary to use the equipment on a different telephone network For further product support contact Hewlett Packard at the phone numbers provided in the support flyer that came with the product Regulatory information for the European Union countries regions 27 28 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW ENWW Operation This chapter provides information about the following topics Operating emvironment cece cette etter ee ette eee ete nennen enne enne enhn nennen nnne nnne ener nennen 30 Identifying the control panel componente eene enne 31 Control panel menu structure eene enne nnne nn enne nes 33 To use the control panel buttons en ener 33 To print the control panel menu structure 33 Product media specificatioris ettet dena ter dune a da d OR Esser 37 Main input tray all models sssesseeee emen 37 Automatic document feeder ADF epechtcations 38 To gain access to the optimizing Teature eem ene 38 Guidelines for using media ae cte eei encre haces Ende et Ee rude etd ine dea ec lenta 39 Paper and transparencies ssssssssssssessssseeeee eene ner erre nnn en nennen 39 Common media problems table sss ener 39 Labels e eoe E erbe tU eda esca adr Apa Regem ufo eser dee erat ns 40 Eeler 40 Card stock and heavy media AT Loading ET 43 Media input tray 1 n prre pa etn e er did OO do ade tta Re ORO Ee dea dde 43 Pronty In
37. EJECT ADF only From the end of the SCAN period until the original document page is completely ejected from the scanner REHOME From the end of the EJECT period ADF or the SCAN period flatbed until the Ready message appears on the control panel display To scan one page of the original document To clear the last page of the original document from the scanner To return the scanner to the home position For an ADF scan another STAGE period follows this period if another page of the original document is present in the ADF Otherwise the EJECT period follows For a flatbed scan The REHOME period follows this period A short back and forth sequence occurs as the scanner reaches the home position before the Ready message appears on the control panel display Table 4 3 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base basic sequence of operation WAIT After the product is turned on until the end of the initial rotation of the main motor STBY Standby From the end of the WAIT period or the LSTR period until the pickup command is sent from the formatter Or from the end of the LSTR period until the product is turned off INTR Initial Rotation Period After the pickup command has been sent from the formatter until the media reaches the top of page sensor PS801 PRINT Print From the end of the initial rotation until the primary voltage goes OFF LSTR Last Rotation Period After
38. If you must use paper perform the procedure two or three times to ensure proper cleaning To clean the print path 1 If one is available load a transparency in the priority input tray 2 Make sure that the product is in the Ready state 3 Press MENU ENTER and then use the lt or gt button to scroll to Service and press MENU ENTER 4 Use the lt or gt button to scroll to Cleaning Mode and press MENU ENTER 5 The transparency feeds through the printer slowly Discard the transparency The rax seub HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only and cance lights blink until the cleaning process is complete Cleaning the glass Use the following procedures to clean the glass on the scanner To clean the exterior all models Use a soft damp lint free cloth to wipe dust smudges and stains off the exterior of the device 50 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW To clean the LJ 3015 glass and white platen Over time specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white platen which can affect performance Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white platen 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket 2 Tilt the device control panel forward Clean the glass strip and the white platen with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Cleaning the LJ 3015 white platen CAUTION Do not
39. LIU jo e UNH itti MALI LLL II LIA mn is D D jaa K Figure 5 126 HP LaserJet 3030 formatter and LIU ENWW Printer product base 173 4 Remove 4 screws from the formatter PCA callout 2 For the LJ 3015 and 3030 remove three screws callout 3 from the LIU Remove the formatter and any LIU PCAs Note If the LIU on the LJ 3015 or 3030 product is being replaced separate the formatter from the LIU by gently pulling them apart Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the formatter make sure that the upper mounting leg on the I O plate the cover that surrounds the parallel and USB port is fastened to the formatter when the top right formatter screw in callout 2 is installed Figure 5 127 Remove the formatter 1 of 2 and LIU installed 5 Gently separate the formatter from the sheet metal shield Mount the replacement formatter to this shield Figure 5 128 Remove the formatter 2 of 2 174 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW CAUTION Note Figure 5 129 ENWW Scanner support frame 1 Remove the following assemblies Scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly Left cover See Printer side covers Rear cover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover Print cartridge door See Print cartridge door Front cover See Front cover 2 Remove six screws callout 1 Be careful
40. Paper present sensor Pick roller per p Stack stop e w pick roller J Picks top sheet ADF door open flag 4 I D n ZW ON ee ET Y Form sensor Cleanout PAGE EJECTS FULLY Ne echt O SAT OUTPUT AREA 9 lr x Postscan Prescan rollers rollers E ADF glass HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF path The paper present sensor determines if paper is in the ADF The form sensor detects the top and bottom edges of the document One other sensor detects an open ADF door ADF jam detection The ADF has two sensors that detect paper The paper present sensor detects the presence of media in the ADF input tray The form sensor detects media moving through the ADF If a jam is detected the ADF immediately stops the paper feeding and a jam message appears on the control panel display A jam can be detected under any of the following conditions Document feeder jam When documents are detected in the ADF input tray and a command to copy scan or fax is received the scan module travels to the left side of the scan assembly and stops beneath the ADF scanner glass The ADF then attempts three times or for about ten seconds to advance the paper to the form sensor If the paper does not advance the scan module travels back to the home position on the right side of the scanner assembly The message Document feeder mispick Reload appears on the control panel display Long document jam lf
41. Product No Q2669A ARENA N mero de Serie S IAN ILE erial No CNBM123456 BOISE IDAHO 83714 BOISB 0307 00 LISTED HEWLETT PACKARD Numero de Model para Regulaciones p 11311 CHINDEN BLVD Regulatory Model Number ITE 110 127V_ AC 5320 50 60 Hz 3 5A 3 5A C US Fabriqu le Manufactured November 26 2003 NO M e 1 5 NYCE N de certificaci n del m dem XXXXXXXXX XXX Assembled in M xico printer engine Made in China Ensamblado en M xico Mecanismo de impresi n fabricado en China Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE US 6DNFA07BC9126A Ringer Eqivalence REN 0 7B This product conforms with CDRH radiation performance standard 21 CFR chapter 1 sub chapter J SITE MX2 gt PET lt Sample Identification label on the back of the product An additional identification label is located on the top left side of the scanner support frame Open the print cartridge door to find this label The additional serial number label is in the same location on the scanner support frame for all of the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products P Ua C2669A SN CNBM123456 Location of additional serial number label Product identification 7 Product specifications Physical specifications Table 1 1 Physical specifications HP LaserJet 3015 445 mm 17 5 inches 17 3 inches 16 9 inches 20 pounds product HP Laser
42. Remove the ECU 5 of 6 EKENENERNENeN KENE REENEN edd renee 180 Remove the ECU 6 of 6 aint ttti de ett eds 180 Laser scanner assembly shutter am 181 Remove the laser scanner assembly sese 182 Remove the main motor 1 of 2 183 Remove the main motor 2 of 2 183 Remove the fuser assembly 1 of 2 seen 184 Remove the fuser assembly 2 of 2 sse 185 Fragile tab on fuser assembhy nenne 185 Remove the paper pickup assemblv nn 186 Repetitive image defect ruler ssssssssesee eee 222 Clear a jam in the product base 1 of 3 223 Clear a jam in the product base 2 of 3 224 Clear a jam in the product base 3 of 3 224 Clearing output bin jams HP LJ 201 225 Clearing ADF output bin jams HP LaserJet 3015 225 Clearing output bin jams HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 225 ADF lid open HP LaserJet 3015 228 ADF lid open HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see 228 Clear an ADF jam HP LaserJet 3015 229 Clear an ADF jam HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 1 of 2 sssss 229 Clear an ADF jam HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 2 of 2 sssss 229 Check the fuser connectors on the fuser 237 Check the fuser connectors on the power Supp 237 Print cartridge high voltage contacts ssssee en 238 High voltage contacts eese tentent en trn en then nhe enun 239 Example
43. Russian Turkish and Arabic Q2660 90925 English Korean Simplified Chinese and Thai Q2660 90926 English Traditional Chinese Indonesian Bahasa and Vietnamese Q2660 90928 English Italian Spanish Castilian and Portuguese Brazilian Q2660 90929 English Finnish and Swedish Q2660 90930 English Danish and Norwegian Q2660 90931 English Hungarian and Polish Q2660 90932 English Hebrew and Greek Q2660 90933 English and French European Q2660 90934 English Czech and Slovak ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 283 Accessories The following accessories are available for the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 products Table 7 2 Accessories Print cartridge 2 000 page cartridge Q2612A Toner cloth Ideal for wiping up toner spills 5090 3379 Scanner hinge tool Use this tool to keep the scanner 5185 7441 assembly from falling off of the printer when the entire assembly is being removed Fax telephone cord 2 wire 3 meter 9 8 feet fax 8121 0811 telephone cord Parallel cable 2 meter 6 6 feet IEEE 1284 C2950A parallel cable Parallel cable 3 meter 9 8 feet IEEE 1284 C2951A parallel cable USB cable 2 meter 6 6 feet USB cable USB cable 0 6 meter 2 feet USB cable Power cord 1 8 meter 6 feet U S Canada x Switzerland South America Power cord 1 8 meter 6 feet Power cord 1 8 meter 6 feet Power cord 1 8 meter 6 feet Power cord 1 8 meter 6 feet Power cord 1 8 meter 6 feet P
44. Table 6 4 Fax receive codes continued 245 246 ECM The user of the remote machine has 1 Ifthe document was large ask the pressed the Stop button on that remote user to retransmit the document machine which caused the session as two or more smaller documents 70 be prematurely terminated Disable ECM and attempt to receive the The product has been holding off fax again the remote machine during reception of a large or complex document because the remote machine lacks available memory This hold off time has exceeded the timeout typically 60 seconds that the remote machine uses and the remote machine has terminated the session 247 251 The remote machine is apparently None stuck in the on mode Telephone line conditions were too Attempt to receive the fax again after poor to receive a fax telephone line conditions have improved Configure the machine to start receiving at a lower speed If the product successfully received several pages of a larger document ask the remote user to transmit the document in several smaller parts The remote machine has attempted Ask the remote user to reconfigure the remote to initiate a page transmission using machine to transmit using a normal letter a page width that is not supported by A4 page width the product The product has not received any Ask the remote user to check his or her data at the start of a page during machine and then ask
45. The product generates more signaling tones such as dialing digits to tell the CO how to connect the call The product can also detect tones such as a busy tone from the CO that tell it how to behave When the call is finally connected the CO behaves as if it were a piece of wire connecting the sender and receiver This is the period during which all of the fax signaling and data transfer occurs When a call is completed the circuit opens again and line current flow ceases removing the CO connection from both the sender and the receiver All of this is done with a two wire arrangement The two wires are called TIP and RING on all phone systems On most phone systems the wires appear on pins 3 and 4 of the RJ 11 modular jack the one on the LIU These two wires do not have to be polarized because all the equipment works with either TIP or RING on pin 3 and the other wire on pin 4 This means that cables of either polarity can interconnect and will still work These are the basic functions of PSTN operation that are assumed in the design of the fax subsystem The product generates and detects the signaling tones currents and data signals that are required to transmit and receive faxes on the PSTN The fax subsystem The formatter LIU firmware and software all contribute to the fax functionality The designs of the formatter and LIU along with parameters in the firmware determine the majority of the regulatory requirements for telephony
46. To fit the image into this printable area slightly The printer has minimum margins on each edge reduce the size of the image of 6 mm 0 25 inch If copying the reduction setting is incorrect Copied images will be clipped if the image on the original is too close to the edge of the original The paper size setting is incorrect Set the correct page size on the control panel menu ENWW Solving scanning copying image quality problems 217 Vertical white stripes appear AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AabbCc The media does not meet HP specifications for Make sure that the media meets specifications example it is too moist or too rough detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The toner is low Gently shake the print cartridge back and forth to redistribute the toner If copying with the ADF the ADF glass is dirty Clean the ADF glass See Cleaning the product If the problem persists replace the print cartridge If the problem persists replace the fuser assembly See Fuser Copies or scanned images are too light or too dark C C bCc aBbcc The contrast is not set correctly Adjust the contrast and resolution settings on the control panel menu see Control panel menu structure or from the HP Toolbox Check that the contrast and resolution settings are correct See the user guide for more information The original image is very light or very da
47. a Link assembly HP LaserJet 3020 3030 Figure 7 7 ENWW 298 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams LJ3020 3030 scanner link assembly right RM1 0899 000CN LJ3020 3030 scanner spring compression RU5 2199 000CN LJ3020 3030 scanner link assembly left RM1 0898 000CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly 299 2 z N 9 P 1 i ire Z g LEE an 3 z 8 Figure 7 8 Major assemblies HP LaserJet 3020 3030 300 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW CRM NNNM GEN UR 1 ADF assembly and flatbed id ADF assembly and flatbed lid and flatbed lid Q2665 60102 ET E scanner assembly does not include the Q2665 60112 flatbed lid Not Separation pad C7309 60009 shown 3 ADFinputtray input ADF inputtray Q2665 60109 e s ADF pickup roller assembly C7309 60016 shown Not ADF cleanout comb C7309 40153 1 shown Not ADF input tray flag C7309 40013 1 shown Not ADF input tray spring C7309 80013 shown 4 uu30200030ADFlid ADF lid 26665 60102 Ji D O I C C o e Jess C umenes o B mmmmmes Je o s mme umenes I s mma Jee o Faso Jee o CN Jee o asammelen CN Jee o Fass Jee o B emmmeem Jee B meme Jee o E mmm Jee o s mmm Jee o Faso Jee o s mmmmse Jee o CN Jee o HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly 301
48. analog signal for voice and fax while the remaining bandwidth is used to transmit digital data Split the signal to use both the telephone or fax and the computer on the same line and at the same time Not all printers and faxes are compatible with DSL services HP does not guarantee that the HP LaserJet all in one product will be compatible with all DSL service lines or providers The DSL modem requires a high pass filter Sometimes when DSL service is installed the service provider supplies a splitter which includes a low pass filter for the normal house phone wiring If not the user should contact the DSL provider and request a filter or splitter to enable a fax modem to operate on the line HP recommends discussing DSL line setup options with the DSL service provider Consult the DSL provider for technical installation requirements Connecting additional devices Depending on how the phone lines are set up additional devices can be connected to the phone line along with the HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 all in one In general no more than three or four devices should be connected to a single phone line If too many devices are connected to a single phone line one or more of the devices might not detect an incoming call If this occurs disconnect one or more of the devices This product cannot replace a computer modem It cannot act as a modem for sending and receiving e mail for connecting to the Internet or for communicating with ot
49. by 14 inches Subsequent sheets of legal size media slide off of the output bin Media weight Media input tray 60 to 163 g m 16 to 43 Ib cut sheet paper Priority input slot 60 to 90 g m 16 to 24 Ib single thickness envelopes Print paper output 135 to 176 g m 36 to 47 Ib postcards Base memory 4 MB of ROM and 32 MB of RAM 9 MB for the product and 23 MB available to the user Print resolution 1 200 dpi Duty cycle e 7 000 single sided pages per month maximum e 800single sided pages per month average PCL Printer Control Language Copy reduction or enlargement Acoustic emissions per ISO 6 3 Bel sound power level 9296 while copying Scanner capacities and ratings Margins for scanned items 3 05 mm 0 12 inch right and left 4 23 mm 0 17 inch top and bottom Scanner duty cycle 2 000 single sided items per month Scan resolution 600 dpi color Automatic document feeder ADF input tray specifications Input capacity Up to 30 sheets of flat 60 to 75 g m 16 to 20 Ib media Media weight input and output Single sheet setting blue media lever set to the right 42 to 260 g m 11 to 69 Ib Multiple sheet setting blue media lever set to the left 46 to 105 g m 12 to 28 Ib Media size 74 by 105 mm 2 9 by 4 1 inches to 216 mm by 381 mm 8 5 by 15 inches The ADF output bin holds one sheet of legal size media 215 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches Subsequent sheets of legal size media sli
50. clip pins Figure 3 41 Remove the separation pad 4 Install the replacement ADF separation pad assembly Close the ADF lid 5 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 control panel bezel 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord Figure 3 42 Replacing the control panel bezel 1 of 4 66 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW 2 Gently pry up the outside edge of the control panel bezel to remove it Figure 3 43 Replacing the control panel bezel 2 of 4 CAUTION Be careful not to touch any components or buttons inside the exposed product control panel area 3 Position the replacement bezel over the control panel Working from the outside corners towards the middle of the bezel push down until the bezel snaps into place Figure 3 44 Replacing the control panel bezel 3 of 4 4 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Figure 3 45 Replacing the control panel bezel 4 of 4 ENWW User replaceable parts 67 68 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW ENWW Operational overview This chapter contains information about the following topics Basic functions all model 70 Basic sequence of operation c ccccccececeeneceeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeee eee aceeeeeeeeeasanaeceeeeseeaeaeeeeeeeeeennanes 71 I ormmatter RE 75 Central processing UE 75 Line interface unit HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only
51. development stage forms a toner image on the drum e transfer stage transfers the image to paper e separation stage separates the media from the drum e fusing stage applies heat and pressure to make the image on paper permanent e cleaning stage removes excess toner from the drum To perform a half self test check 1 Printa self test page See Troubleshooting tools Functional checks 235 2 Open the print cartridge door after the paper advances halfway through the printer about 5 seconds after the motor begins rotation The leading edge of the paper should have advanced past the print cartridge Remove the print cartridge 4 Open the print cartridge drum shield to view the drum surface If a dark and distinct toner image is present on the drum surface assume that the first three functions of the image formation process are functioning through the development stage Troubleshoot the failure as a transfer or fusing problem To perform other checks If during the half self test check no image is present on the photosensitive drum perform these checks 1 Make sure that you removed the entire length of the sealing tape from the print cartridge before you installed the cartridge 2 Perform a drum rotation functional check See Drum rotation functional check 3 Perform a high voltage power supply check See High voltage contacts check 236 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 6 13 Figure
52. dial Check for a dial tone on the phone HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only tone line by pressing Ramana Unplug the telephone cord from both the product and the wall and replug the cord Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall plug in a telephone and try making a call Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line See Changing the detect dial tone setting in the fax guide on the product CD Update the firmware See Updating the firmware code If the error persists replace the LIU If after replacing the LIU the error persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU The product did not scan any pages Rescan the pages or resend the file or receive a file from the computer from the computer to transmit as a to transmit as a fax fax No document sent HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Memory low Break the job into smaller jobs that Continue completing the collated Only 1 copy made contain fewer pages copy job 198 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Event log Description error message No fax answer Attempts to redial a fax number failed or the Redial no answer option was turned off Canceled send HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only No fax answer The receiving fax line did not answer The product attempts to redial after a few minutes Redial pend
53. downstream current goes through a resistor generating a voltage If this voltage is above the threshold level the signal changes state The downstream current detection signal is coupled back to the formatter through an optoisolator and across the safety isolation barrier The firmware uses this signal to ensure that the product does not go off hook and disconnect a downstream call until it has been authorized to do so by a manual fax start or detection of the appropriate tones Hook switch control Another optically coupled signal is the hook switch control This signal from the formatter causes an optoisolator on the LIU to activate making an open circuit into a short circuit When shorted the circuit is drawing dc current from the central office and is considered on hook When open no dc current flows and the state is considered to be off hook For pulse dialing the optoisolator is toggled on and off with a particular timing sequence to generate pulses that the central offices of the telephone company recognizes as dialing digits Ring detect Another optically coupled signal on the LIU is ring detect Ring detect is a combination of voltage levels and cadence time on and time off Both must be present in order for the product to detect a valid ring The LIU works with the firmware to determine if an incoming signal is an answerable ring When circuits on the LIU detect a ring voltage above a certain threshold a cor
54. edge of Wipe the media guides with a dry lint free cloth the media the media guides are dirty The media does not meet HP specifications for Make sure that the media meets specifications example it is too moist or too rough detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The print cartridge needs to be replaced Replace the print cartridge The fuser temperature is too low The fuser In the Paper tab of the driver under Type is temperature varies according to the type of media select the appropriate media type from the drop being used down list If the error persists replace the ECU See Engine controller unit 210 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW The toner is loose and it does not stay attached to the printed page The media does not meet HP specifications for example it is too moist or too rough The driver is not set for the correct media The power strip is not working correctly The fuser temperature is too low The fuser temperature varies according to the media type being used Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide On the Paper tab of the printer driver under Type is select the correct media type from the drop down list Select the correct media by using the HP Toolbox Plug the product directly into an working ac outlet In the Paper tab of the printer driver under Type is
55. eee 171 Correct routing of the power supply wire hammesees 171 HP LaserJet 3015 formatter and LIU 173 HP LaserJet 3020 formatter without LI 173 HP LaserJet 3030 formatter and LI 173 Remove the formatter 1 of 2 and LIU mstalled 174 Remove the formatter 2 of 2 essen 174 Remove the scanner support frame 1 of 3 175 Remove the scanner support frame 2 of 3 176 Remove the scanner support frame 3 Of 3 176 Remove the chassis reinforcement olaie sss 177 Remove the ECU 1 0f 6 eene tre tet pod 178 Remove the ECU 2 0f 6 Nee 178 Remove the ECU 9S of 5 acne cet Sage aE AAA AAR 179 ENWW ENWW Figure 5 136 Figure 5 137 Figure 5 138 Figure 5 139 Figure 5 140 Figure 5 141 Figure 5 142 Figure 5 143 Figure 5 144 Figure 5 145 Figure 5 146 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 Figure 6 22 Figure 6 23 Figure 6 24 Figure 6 25 Figure 6 26 Figure 6 27 Figure 6 28 Figure 6 29 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7 16 Remove the ECU 4 of 6 nun ek eee by tis 179
56. eo e See as eec 02 e eee o eec e e 9 Figure 2 5 HP LaserJet 3030 all in one control panel 1 Fax controls Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings For information about using the fax controls see the fax guide 2 Alphanumeric buttons Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the product control panel display and to dial phone numbers for faxing For information about using alphanumeric buttons see the fax guide 3 Menu and cancel controls Use these controls to select menu options determine the product status and cancel the current job 4 Copy controls Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying 5 Scan controls Use these controls to scan to e mail or to a folder 32 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW Control panel menu structure Use the following hierarchical diagram of the control panel menu structure to make changes to settings and features To use the control panel buttons 1 Press meNU ENTER to begin 2 Use the lt or gt button to scroll to select one of the options from the main menu and then press MENU ENTER 3 Use the lt or gt button to scroll to select one of the options from the submenu and then press MENU ENTER 4 If applicable use the lt or gt button to select one of the options from the second submenu and then press MENU ENTER To print the control panel menu structure 1 Press MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to select Repor
57. inside the product Touching the transfer roller can damage the product 3 Locate the pickup roller Figure 3 16 Replacing the pickup roller 2 of 7 4 Gently release the small white tabs on each side of the pickup roller by pushing them away from the roller and then rotate the pickup roller toward the front CAUTION Use gentle pressure to release the small white tabs to avoid breaking them Figure 3 17 Replacing the pickup roller 3 of 7 ENWW User replaceable parts 57 5 Gently pull the pickup roller up and out Figure 3 18 Replacing the pickup roller 4 of 7 6 Position the cleaned or replacement pickup roller in the slots on the pickup roller frame Hint Circular and rectangular pegs on each side prevent you from incorrectly positioning the pickup roller Figure 3 19 Replacing the pickup roller 5 of 7 7 Rotate the top of the pickup roller into position until the white tabs on each side of the roller snap into place Note Touching the transfer roller can damage the product Figure 3 20 Replacing the pickup roller 6 of 7 8 Reinstall the print cartridge and close the print cartridge door 9 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Figure 3 21 Replacing the pickup roller 7 of 7 58 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Printer separation pad all models Hint Before changing the separation pad clean the pickup roller If the product continues to pick up
58. is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant This equipment cannot be used on telephone company provided coin service Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service If trouble is experienced with this equipment please see the numbers in the front of this manual for repair and or warranty information If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved The following repairs can be done by the customer Replace any original equipment that came with the product This includes the print cartridge the supports for trays and bins the power cord and the telephone cord It is recomm
59. main input tray before refilling it Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3015 ADF input tray can hold up to 30 sheets of 60 g m 2 16 Ib bond weight paper Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF input tray can hold up to 50 sheets of 60 g m 16 Ib bond weight paper Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 main input tray can hold up to 150 sheets of 60 g m 16 Ib bond weight paper Break the ream of paper by curving it into an upside down u shape this can effectively decrease multifeeds Also try turning the paper around to feed the opposite end first or use a different type of paper Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Do not allow more than 125 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper less for heavier paper to fill the paper output bin Clean the pickup roller Replace the pickup roller See User replaceable parts Clean the separation pad Replace the separation pad See User replaceable parts Check the sensors to make sure that none is jammed If a sensor cannot be corrected replace the sensor Jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF Occasionally media becomes jammed during a copy scan or fax job You are notified of a media jam by a software error message and the Doc feeder jam Clear Reload message that appears on the device control panel display
60. media lever Control panel ADF output bin Print cartridge door release Output bin Priority input slot Media input tray Parallel port 10 USB port 11 Fax interface ports 12 Power switch 13 Power receptacle OO JO om E Go A Overview of products 5 Figure 1 3 HP LaserJet 3020 all in one hardware components Automatic document feeder ADF input tray Flatbed scanner lid and ADF output bin Control panel Print cartridge door release Output bin Priority input tray Media input tray Parallel port USB port Power switch Power receptacle SH A OONDOKRWDHD o0 Figure 1 4 HP LaserJet 3030 all in one hardware components 6 Automatic document feeder ADF input tray Flatbed scanner lid and ADF output bin Control panel Print cartridge door release Output bin Priority input tray Media input tray Parallel port USB port 10 Fax interface ports 11 Power switch 12 Power receptacle o o 00 P GO A Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Product identification Figure 1 5 Note Figure 1 6 ENWW Model and serial numbers An identification label is located on the back of the product This label contains the model and serial numbers The serial number contains information about the country region of origin revision level production code and production number of the product The label also contains power rating and regulatory information U S A invent Numero du producto
61. mm 8 5 by 14 inches 1 Adjust the ADF media lever if necessary Move the ADF media lever to the right single sheet setting if you are printing on a single sheet of thick media Loading the LJ 3015 ADF 1 of 3 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW 2 Put the top end of the original media stack into the ADF input tray with the media stack face down and the first page to be scanned at the bottom of the stack Figure 2 8 Loading the LJ 3015 ADF 2 of 3 3 Slide the media stack into the ADF until the media does not move any farther You might have to tap the stack into the ADF 4 Adjust the media guides until they are snug Figure 2 9 Loading the LJ 3015 ADF 3 of 3 5 The document is now ready to be scanned CAUTION To prevent damaging the device do not use an original that has correction fluid correction tape or staples If you moved the ADF media lever to the right in step 1 move it back to the left when you have finished printing Printing on regular media with the ADF media lever moved to the right can cause jams Loading originals into the LJ 3020 and 3030 ADF input tray Note The ADF capacity is up to 50 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib media The minimum size for media in the ADF is 127 by 127 mm 5 by 5 inches For smaller sizes use the flatbed scanner The maximum size for media in the ADF is 216 by 381 mm 8 5 by 15 inches 1 Make sure that the flatbed scanner contains no media ENWW Loading media 45
62. modem chipset that is located on the formatter Standard boot process When the product is unplugged or the power is off the firmware code is stored on the formatter in two blocks The first block of code is an executable boot block about 64 K of code The second block of code is a compressed version of the product control code When the product is turned on the boot block decompresses the product control code and stores it in RAM Then the product performs a full startup with the control code running from RAM Product startup messages The LED display contains different messages depending upon the progress of the boot process ENWW Formatter system 75 Table 4 4 Product startup messages Blank display for many seconds Use the power switch to turn the after power on Boot block power to the product off Check failure all wire harness connectors and FFCs to make sure that they are firmly connected Replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Contact Service Control code failure Replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Hewlett Packard The product is starting up Wait for the Ready message Moving cursor HP display The product contains two types of random access memory RAM e One bank of nonvolatile RAM NVRAM stores parameters e Dynamic random access memory DRAM provides temporary storage of the product program code along with copy
63. need to initiate the calibration but you can initiate the calibration through the secondary service menu and produce a report that shows the calibration results See Secondary service menu ENWW Scanner calibration 49 Cleaning the product WARNING WARNING CAUTION Note Before you perform these steps unplug the product to avoid the shock hazard To maintain quality thoroughly clean the product when these conditions exist e anytime a new print cartridge is installed e after printing approximately 2 000 pages e whenever print quality problems appear Clean the outside of the product by using a water dampened cloth Clean the inside by using only a dry lint free cloth such as a lens tissue To avoid permanent damage to the print cartridge do not use ammonia based or ethyl alcohol based cleaners on or around the product Avoid touching the heating element in the fuser It might be very hot and can cause burns Do not touch the surface of the black sponge transfer roller Contaminants on the roller can cause print quality problems To clean the print path The product features a special cleaning mode to clean the paper path This process requires using a transparency to remove dust and toner from the print paper path Do not use bond or rough paper Make sure that the transparency used in this cleaning process meets the media requirements for the printer If transparency film is unavailable you can use paper
64. not to drop any screws into the printer If the scanner support frame is turned over after it is removed the two scanner cushions callout 2 might fall out and be misplaced Remove the scanner support frame 1 of 3 Printer product base 175 3 Rotate the gear drive bracket until the retainer on the gear drive arm aligns with the opening in the bracket and remove the bracket Figure 5 130 Remove the scanner support frame 2 of 3 4 Lift the scanner support frame up and off of the printer Figure 5 131 Remove the scanner support frame 3 of 3 176 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Note Figure 5 132 ENWW If the scanner support frame is being removed to gain access to the fuser remove two screws callout 3 and the chassis reinforcement plate callout 4 Remove the chassis reinforcement plate Engine controller unit 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly e Left cover See Printer side covers e Rear cover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover e Print cartridge door See Print cartridge door e Front cover See Front cover e Scanner support frame See Scanner support frame Printer product base 177 2 Remove four screws callout 1 Figure 5 133 Remove the ECU 1 of 6 3 Use a long flat blade screwdriver to disengage
65. of a T 30 trace of a successfully sent fax ssseusss 260 Example of a T 30 trace of a successfully received fax sssss 261 Main wiring HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly ssseseeeeeresererreseren 269 Main wiring HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner assembly 270 Main wiring HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 product base 271 M jor comporients nte ee titt tee olei Cage i Cia e EG CU a ELA 272 Mali Darts sts eut etm te ut ates alt e E 273 Sensors and motors e eR IER RD MI 274 piel 275 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 componente 276 Major components tah i nh tnde o EO OI Pe rete e e etes 277 Solenoid sensors switches and motor 278 PCBS HR 279 FIP EaserJet EE 286 ADF input and delivery assemblies HP LaserJet 3015 288 Internal components HP LaserJet 3015 sse 290 Frame assembly HP LaserJet 3015 292 Guide assembly HP LaserJet 3015 sss 294 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly sessseeess 296 Link assembly HP LaserJet 2020 2020 298 Major assemblies HP LaserJet 2020 20201 300 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 304 Pickup and delivery tray assemblies LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 306 External covers LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 308 Internal components 1 of 1 LJ 3015 3020 3030 print
66. of data To perform a soft reset 1 Press MENU ENTER 2 Simultaneously press then release the button and the button to enter the Developer s menu 3 Press the lt or gt button until the message REINIT FFS appears on the second line of the control panel display 4 Press MENU ENTER The process takes approximately 2 5 minutes During that time the control panel display will change several times before returning to Ready 6 When the Ready message appears on the control panel display press canceL to exit the Developer s menu NVRAM init NVRAM init returns all stored parameters in NVRAM to factory default values or to a default ROM value depending on the variable and performs a system reset Performing NVRAM init can cause the product to violate local telephone regulations Reset the language and country region after performing NVRAM init Service mode functions 265 NVRAM init resets the following settings and information e All menu settings are reset to factory default values including fax header and company name e Factory settings such as formatter number page counts and factory paper settings are reset e Allfaxes in memory are erased e All speed dials group dials and phone book entries are erased e All localization settings including language and country region are reset To perform NVRAM init 1 Turn off the product 2 Press and hold down the and menu ENTER buttons 3 Continue to hol
67. of the ADF input tray spring ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 141 ADF pickup roller CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality or paper pickup problems 1 Open the ADF lid 2 Press the round green button while lifting the green lever Rotate the green lever until it stops in the open position The pickup roller assembly will remain on the black surface Figure 5 69 Remove the ADF pickup roller 1 of 2 3 Remove the pickup roller assembly and put the replacement assembly in exactly the same place The larger roller goes in back and the gear side faces the scanner motor cover Note When installing the pickup roller assembly make sure that the gear side of the roller assembly is positioned toward the back of the product Figure 5 70 Remove the ADF pickup roller 2 of 2 142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW ADF scanner glass CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality or paper pickup problems 1 Use a 10 torx screwdriver to remove one torx screw Figure 5 71 Remove the ADF scanner glass 1 of 3 2 Carefully remove the plastic ADF scanner glass frame Figure 5 72 Remove the ADF scanner glass 2 of 3 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 143 3 Slide the black gla
68. on page 297 Q2665 60101 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 60102 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 60102 Automatic document feeder and flatbed lid ADF Table 7 3 on page 297 000CN part of the flatbed lid Q2665 60109 ADF input tray Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 60112 Flatbed scanner assembly does not include the Table 7 3 on page 301 flatbed lid Q2665 67001 Table 7 3 on page 305 Q2665 67002 Table 7 3 on page 305 Q2666 40002 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40003 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40004 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40005 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40006 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40007 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40008 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40009 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40010 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40011 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40012 Table 7 3 on page 302 ENWW Numerical parts list 327 Table 7 5 Numerical parts list continued Part number Table and page Q2666 40013 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40014 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40015 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40016 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40017 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40018 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40019 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40020 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40021 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40022 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40023 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2666 40025 Table 7 3 on page 303 Q2666 40027 Table 7 3 on page 303 Q2666 60101 Table 7 3 on page 297 Q2666 60101 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q26665 60102 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q26665 60112
69. on the product The fax subsystem is designed to support V 34 fax transmission lower speeds such as V 17 fax and older fax machines Formatter in the fax subsystem The formatter contains the modem chipset DSP and CODEC that controls the basic fax functions of tone generation and detection along with channel control for the fax transmissions The CODEC and its associated circuitry act to control transmit and receive gains and to compensate for transmission signal coupling into the receive channel The formatter also contains circuitry that adds termination impedance to help match the telephone network impedance LIU in the fax subsystem Two versions of LIU are used in the HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 all in one One is used in the North American South American and Asian countries regions The other is used primarily in European countries regions 96 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW ENWW The following are features that are different in the European version e adifferent voltage protection device e current limiting of the dc current e filtering for the countries regions that use billing or metering tones e control of the impedance of the dc circuit through the SHUNT signal Because the TIP and RING are not polarized all LIU circuitry that connects to TIP and RING is bidirectional The LIU operates identically when TIP and RING are reversed Safety isolation The most important function of the LIU is the safety isolat
70. pickup 55 HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 273 life expectancies 48 paper feeding operations 84 part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 293 pickup removing HP LaserJet 3015 130 printer pickup partnumber 316 printer pickup replacing 57 printer printer pickup replacing 156 transfer part number 311 transfer removing 159 rotation drum 237 ruler repetitive defect 222 ENWW S scanner assembly replacing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 104 Bulb Failure error message 204 calibration 49 CIS error message 203 cleaning 51 cushions installing 167 cushions part numbers 309 features 3 feeding problems troubleshooting 229 flatbed lid removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 134 HP LaserJet 3015 operations 87 HP LaserJet 3015 part numbers 287 operations 75 operations HP LaserJet 3015 91 operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 93 part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 3030 296 removing HP LaserJet 3015 118 removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 145 side covers removing HP LaserJet 3015 110 specifications 9 11 support frame part number HP LaserJet 3015 291 support frame springs removing HP LaserJet 3015 107 support frame springs removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 136 support frame part number 309 support frame removing 175 top cover removing 126 scanner capacities and ratings 9 11 Scanner reserved for PC scan error message 200 scanning contrast troubleshooting 218 image quality troubleshooting 216 loading originals 44 margins 9 11 resolution 9 11 text trouble
71. product See steps 6 through 8 of Printer pickup roller all models Cleaning the pickup roller 2 of 3 6 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Cleaning the pickup roller 3 of 3 Cleaning the printer separation pad all models 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and then unplug the power cord Cleaning the separation pad 1 of 2 2 Remove the separation pad See Printer separation pad all models Dampen a lint free cloth with isopropyl alcohol and scrub the separation pad 3 4 Reinstall the separation pad See steps 1 through 3 of Printer separation pad all models 5 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Cleaning the separation pad 2 of 2 56 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW User replaceable parts The following sections provide procedures that the user can follow to replace certain parts Printer pickup roller all models CAUTION Failure to complete all of the steps in this procedure might damage the printer 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and then unplug the power cord Figure 3 15 Replacing the pickup roller 1 of 7 2 Open the print cartridge door and remove the print cartridge CAUTION To prevent damage do not expose the print cartridge to light Cover the print cartridge or place it in a black plastic bag if necessary Also do not touch the black sponge transfer roller
72. return to the software program more quickly The ElO feature has the following options e Auto the product uses EIO memory allocation to increase the speed of data transfer from the host computer to the product if necessary The default setting is Auto e Off the minimum amount of product memory is used to store data that is sent from the host computer e Page Protect the formatter creates the entire page image in page buffer memory before physically moving the media through the printer This process ensures that the entire page will be printed Page complexity ruling lines complex graphics or dense text can exceed the printer s ability to create the page image fast enough to keep pace with the image formation process If Page Protect is disabled and a page is too complex the page might print in sections for example the top half on one page and the bottom half on the next page Some print data loss is likely in these instances and an error message will appear on the control panel display PJL overview Printer job language PJL is an integral part of configuration in addition to the standard printer command language PCL With standard ECP cabling the product can use PJL to perform the following functions e Two way communication with the host computer through a bidirectional parallel connection The product can communicate information to the host such as the control panel status e Isolation of print environment s
73. roller is damaged or worn HP LaserJet 3015 replace the scanner assembly See Scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 replace the ADF pickup roller See User replaceable parts The ADF separation pad is dirty damaged or Replace the ADF separation pad See User worn replaceable parts The sensor is not operating properly Check the sensor to make sure it is not jammed If a sensor cannot be corrected replace the ADF assembly A problem exists in the ADF path Check the path for obstructions Readjust as necessary or replace the ADF assembly the ADF assembly is part of the flatbed lid for the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 See Scanner assembly or Flatbed lid 230 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Solving problems with digital subscriber line DSL connections Note Note Note Note ENWW The HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 all in one products have faxing capability The HP LaserJet 3020 all in one product does not operate as a faxing device A digital subscriber line DSL uses digital technology over standard copper phone wires DSL services rely on an AM radio wave that has a range of 600 kHz to 2 2 GHz The HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 all in one is a Group 3 fax device which operates at about 200 kHz below the DSL capability and is not directly compatible with digital signals However if specified during the DSL line setup the signal on a DSL line can be separated so that some of the bandwidth is used to transmit an
74. select the correct media type from the drop down list If the error persists replace the ECU See Engine controller unit The fuser film is torn or has holes Replace the fuser See Fuser The fuser film is damaged Check the fuser film for tears or holes Replace the fuser if necessary See Fuser The print cartridge needs to be replaced Replace the print cartridge ENWW Solving image quality problems 211 Repetitive vertical defects appear on the printed page AaBbC AQBbCc AaBoCc AaBbCc AaBbC If the repetitive mark occurs at equal distance between marks either the print cartridge or a printer roller is damaged The internal parts have toner on them The driver is not set for the correct media Use the defect ruler to identify the spacing Check the appropriate component and replace if necessary See Repetitive image defect ruler If the defects occur on the back of the page the problem will probably correct itself after a few more printed pages Otherwise clean the printer See Cleaning the product and Cleaning the print cartridge area In the Paper tab of the printer driver under Type is select the correct media type from the drop down list This affects the current print job only Select the correct media from the HP Toolbox Characters are poorly formed and are producing hollow images The media is too slick The driver is not set for the
75. special events Billing metering tone filters Switzerland and Germany provide high frequency ac signals on the phone line in order to bill customers The LC inductor capacitor notch filters are provided on the European LIUs to prevent these billing signals from adversely affecting the data path and the dc hold circuit An additional filter in the cable for certain countries regions can in some cases supplement these LC notch filters Because these billings signals are not used in the U S these filters are not present on the U S LIU Fax page storage in flash memory Fax pages are the electronic images of the document page They can be created in any of three ways scanned to be sent to another fax machine generated to be sent by the computer or received from a fax machine to be printed The product stores all fax pages in flash memory automatically After these pages are written into flash memory they are stored until the pages are sent to another fax machine printed on the product transmitted to the computer or erased by the user These pages are stored in flash memory which is the nonvolatile memory that can be repeatedly read from written to and erased The product has 4 MB of flash memory of which 3 4 MB is available for fax storage The remaining 0 6 MB is used for the file system and reclamation Adding RAM does not affect the fax page storage because the product does not use RAM for storing fax pages Stored fax
76. state Another magnetically coupled signal is the control signal that disconnects the downstream telephone devices such as a phone or answering machine A control signal originating on the formatter can change the relay state causing the auxiliary jack downstream jack to be disconnected from the circuit The product takes control of calls that it recognizes as fax calls If the product does not directly pick up the call it monitors incoming calls for the fax tone or for the user to direct it to receive a fax This idle mode is also called eavesdropping This mode is active when the product is on hook but current exists in the downstream phone line because another device is off hook During eavesdropping the receive circuit is enabled but has a different gain from the current that is generated during normal fax transmissions The product does not take control of the line unless it detects a fax tone or the operator tells it to connect manually This feature allows the user to make voice calls from a phone that is connected to the product without being cut off if a fax is received Downstream current detection The aux phone detect signal is optically coupled This signal tells the firmware that an active phone or modem or answering machine is connected to the auxiliary port of the product the right side of the RJ 11 jack A circuit that can detect current above a certain threshold generates the downstream current detection signal The
77. the remote user to non ECM reception although the send the fax again modem has not detected a remote disconnect The remote machine is probably transmitting fill bytes instead of data and is either broken or jammed The product has not received any Ask the remote user to check his or her data at the start of a page during machine and then ask the remote user to ECM reception although the modem send the fax again has not detected a remote disconnect The remote machine is probably transmitting sync frames instead of data and is either broken or jammed The product has detected that the Ask the remote user to check his or her modem carrier has stopped Either machine and then ask the remote user to the line has been disconnected or the send the fax again remote machine has aborted the transmission 246 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 4 Fax receive codes continued The product has not received any data during non ECM page reception and a timeout failure has occurred The remote machine is probably transmitting fill bytes instead of data and is either broken or jammed The product has stopped receiving any data during an ECM page reception although the modem has not detected a remote disconnect The remote machine is probably transmitting sync frames instead of data and is either broken or jammed The remote machine has transmitted invalid data The product has received frames with errors du
78. to find out what version of firmware code is installed on the device If updated firmware is available download the appropriate update www hp com support 1j3015 www hp com support Ij3020 www hp com support lj3030 and follow the instructions in the ReadMe file Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Troubleshooting tools ENWW Use the control panel to print configuration reports and demonstration pages The configuration report shows the settings that have been selected from the control panel Printing a configuration report is also considered a self test for the printer although any of the reports can serve this purpose A printout of the control panel menu structure is a useful reference if you alter settings in the menu Printing a configuration report demonstration page or menu structure 1 Press MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to select Reports and then press MENU ENTER Use the lt or gt button to select either Config report Demo Page or Menu Structure and then press mENU ENTER The product exits the Menu settings and prints the report Printing all fax reports at once HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only To print all fax reports at once 1 Press MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to select Reports and then press MENU ENTER 3 Use the lt or gt button to select All fax reports and then press mENU ENTER The product exits the Menu settings and prints the reports When you print all reports at on
79. torsion spring lever RC1 2544 000CN 1 shown pressure convert Scanner white platen RF5 3235 000CN shown s s s Note The separation pad set and the separation pad assembly are two different assemblies The separation pad set consists of the pad clear plastic sheet and the pad cover The separation pad set is a user replaceable assembly The separation pad assembly consists of the separation lever tension spring feed arm and the components of the separation pad set The separation pad assembly is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel should attempt to replace the separation pad assembly ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly 295 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly Figure 7 6 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly 296 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ee oe a HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly scanner HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly EL document feeder and flatbed lid a 60102 000CN ADF part of the flatbed lid 3 Flatbed scanner assemby scanner Flatbed scanner assembly Q26665 60112 000CN B LJ3020 copy control panel Q2665 60101 O LJ3030 fax control panel Q2666 60101 EE Not LJ3020 formatter C2688 60002 1 shown Not LJ3030 formatter Q2664 60001 shown HU TO order the line interface unit LIU or toner cartridge see HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly 297
80. troubleshooting 231 error correction mode ECM 242 flash memory storage 99 hook state 98 hook switch control 98 line current control 99 margins 10 13 operations 96 page storage 99 phase sequence 254 products supported 3 receive codes 243 reports printing 241 resolution 10 13 ring detect 98 safety isolation 97 safety protection circuitry 97 sendcodes 248 speed 10 13 T 30 protocol trace report 242 254 troubleshooting 190 Fax Functions menu 33 Fax is busy error message 195 Fax memory full error message 196 Fax recv errormessage 197 Fax Send errormessage 197 Fax setup menu 35 FCC regulations 20 features 2 feed assembly drive rollers 84 feed system paper ADF operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 94 ADF HP LaserJet 3015 88 printer 84 feeding problems troubleshooting copier scanner 229 printer 225 film transparency cleaning print path with 50 loading 39 43 336 Index Finland laser safety 26 Fit to Page error message 197 flash memory fax 99 flatbed lid removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 134 loading originals 46 media supported 44 part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 3030 297 flexible flat cables partnumbers 291 flowchart troubleshooting 188 focusing lenses operations 83 form sensor ADF 95 formatter fax subsystem 96 operations 75 part number HP LaserJet 3015 287 part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 3030 297 removing 171 frame assembly HP LaserJet 3015 293 front cover partnumber 309 removing 165 fuser assembly partnumb
81. you don t know whether the outlet is grounded check with a qualified electrician Do not touch the contacts on the end of any of the sockets on the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 or 3030 all in one Replace damaged cords immediately Unplug this product from wall outlets before cleaning Do not install or use this product near water or when you are wet Install the product securely on a stable surface Install the product in a protected location where no one can step on or trip over the power cord and the power cord will not be damaged If the product does not operate normally see the online user guide Refer all servicing questions to qualified personnel ENWW Table of contents 1 Product Information Product configurations esssssesssseseeeeene nennen nnne nemen ennemi nennen ennt 2 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one producte esses 2 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one product enne 3 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 all in one pDroduc nnn 3 Product featli8s eie recedere ne nne doen e ue a Rhe e in ERR eta FERE Ra en ne nb re eere 4 OVEFVIEW EoBeee e LEUR 5 Hardware components ttnn nteEtEEEAEEAS AEEA EAEAES AES EEEE EEAS Eeen EEEE 5 Product Le En e e DEE 7 Model and serial numbers eene eene ertet en nennen 7 siiejelUieaor Te ez o aep EE EE 8 Physical specifications sneen a ERE E ER ai ei bens 8 Environmental specifications all models 8 HP LaserJet 3015 performance spechficaiions nnn B HP La
82. 0 all in one unique components Figure 4 14 ENWW This section presents an overview of the relationships between unique major components in the HP LaserJet 3020 3030 all in one This section describes the optical scanning system and ADF pickup and feed system used in the HP 3020 and 3030 product It does not describe the image formation system that is common to the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 products For information about image formation see Image formation system Scanner and ADF functions and operation The following sections describe how the document scanner and the automatic document feeder ADF function Scanner functions The scanner uses a light source a color separation method and a charge coupled device array CCD to collect optical information about the document and transform that into an image file The scanner consists of these elements e alamp cold cathode fluorescent bulb e five mirrors and a lens e aCCD Scanner Glass HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 optical system The scanner lamp illuminates a small strip of the document called the raster line The mirrors direct the light through the lens to the CCD The CCD senses and records the light creating an analog representation of the raster line If the ADF is being used the document then advances in the ADF to the next raster line If the flatbed is being used the scanner module advances to the next raster line This advancing and collection proces
83. 020 and 3030 ADF input raw 45 Loading originals onto the LJ 3020 and 3030 flatbed ecanmner 46 3 Maintenance Life expectancies of parts that wear 48 Scanner Galbats deene ere EES 49 Gleaming ihe product 2 2 eL ede o RETNO 50 To clean the Print ath ttt tette tee ox Co aet ade desde denda 50 Cleaning el 50 Cleaning the print cartridge area eee tee ine een e eet ee erties eee eeeeeeteeeeeeaeeeeee 54 To cleaning the print cartridge area all models 54 Cleaning the printer pickup roller all modele 55 Cleaning the printer separation pad all models sene 56 User replaceable parts 22 tet orte EAR Men sel diae a Re OR RR CI ERR ER dee Ae 57 Printer pickup roller all models essen 57 Printer separation pad all model 59 Printer main input tray all models emen 60 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF pickup roller nn 61 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF separation pad eet 62 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF Input tray iter crafted coa tet edo ced Ga ev een ez A 62 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF output bim 63 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF pickup roller essel 63 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF separation Dad 66 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 control panel bezel ennnen 66 4 Operational overview Basic functions allimodels cerit irre Moore iD e eder i ae Ry e edna eee 70 Basic sequence of operation nennen nennen nennen 71 Formatter Systemi B 75 Central processing U
84. 030 only Out of range Page too complex enter to cont Phone Book is empty HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Printer jam Clear paper path Printer tray is empty Add paper Scanner reserved for PC scan 200 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Event log error message Description The product answered the incoming call but did not detect that a fax machine was calling The product attempted to execute Reprint last fax when nothing was in memory The product could not print the current page because of its complexity The one touch button or speed dial code has not been programmed and therefore cannot be added to a group The product has detected a jam The media input tray is empty A computer is using the product to create a scan Recommended action Allow the product to retry receiving the fax Try a different phone cord Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line Update the firmware See Updating the firmware code If the error persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Receive a fax before attempting to use this option An invalid number was typed Retype the number Press MENU ENTER to clear the message Allow the product to finish the job or press canceL to cancel the job Press MENU ENTER to program the one touch or speed dial If you want to program a group dial press CANCEL and use the contro
85. 043 Table 7 3 on page 305 C2688 60002 Table 7 3 on page 297 C7296 00014 Table 7 3 on page 301 C7309 40013 Table 7 3 on page 301 C7309 40153 Table 7 3 on page 301 C7309 60009 Table 7 3 on page 301 C7309 60016 Table 7 3 on page 301 C7309 80013 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q1636 40036 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q1636 40037 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2460 67913 Table 7 3 on page 305 Q2663 60001 Table 7 3 on page 305 Q2664 60001 Table 7 3 on page 297 Q2665 40010 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40018 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40019 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40020 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40021 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40022 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40023 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40024 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40025 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40026 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40027 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40028 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40029 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40030 Table 7 3 on page 301 326 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical parts list continued Part number Table and page Q2665 40031 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40032 Table 7 3 on page 301 Q2665 40033 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40034 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40035 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40036 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40037 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40038 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40039 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40040 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40042 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 40043 Table 7 3 on page 302 Q2665 60101 Table 7 3
86. 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 Figure 3 15 Figure 3 16 Figure 3 17 Figure 3 18 Figure 3 19 Figure 3 20 Figure 3 21 Figure 3 22 Figure 3 23 Figure 3 24 Figure 3 25 Figure 3 26 Figure 3 27 Figure 3 28 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products 2 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one hardware components sssssssersssesrrnrsrerreee 5 HP LaserJet 3020 all in one hardware components sss 6 HP LaserJet 3030 all in one hardware components sss 6 Sample Identification label on the back of the product ssssss 7 Location of additional serial number label 7 HP LaserJet 3015 dmensions nennen 30 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 dmensions sse 30 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one control panel nna 31 HP LaserJet 3020 all in one control panel nna 32 HP LaserJet 3030 all in one control panel rennene 32 Envelope Construchon nenten 41 Loading the LJ 3015 ADF 1 Of 3 A Loading the LJ 3015 ADF 2 Of 3 sse A Loading the LJ 3015 ADF 3 of 3 AD Loading the LJ 3020 and 3030 ADF 1 Of 2 AB Loading the LJ 3020 and 3030 ADF 2 of 2 sse AB Loading the LJ 3020 and 3030 flatbed scanner 46 Cleaning the LJ 3015 olass emm 51 Cleaning the LJ 3015 white platen cece reece eee ennt 51 Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 glass 1 of 2 52 Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 glass 2 Of 2 sss 52 Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 lid backimg en 52 Cleaning the prin
87. 15 98 PC 0033 49 MSG 0033 90 PPS Nul 0034 23 NGF 0034 24 RC 0042 63 MSG D043 04 Perm 0043 38 wi 0043 38 DCN 0044 82 ONHOOK Type Identification Duration Pages Result Seni 5559999 0 46 OK Remote Signal Detail v34 16 dBm ff 03 20 ad 00 36 04 00 00 00 00 v 16 dBm ff 0340 39 39 39 39 20 35 35 35 20 32 32 32 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 id 222 555 9999 vJA 6 dim ff LI 80 20 c2 fB c4 B0 92 BO 80 80 no Capabilities modulation ne encading mh mr mr resotution std fine 300 dp metric pref bem yes gage width GE Ou page length unlimited inst 0 ms Color no mise 8 v34 ff 03 43 31 31 31 31 20 35 35 35 20 32 32 32 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 td 222 555 1111 vM tt 13 83 00 42 f8 c4 BO BO BO BO BO QU n a mm re olution rBx t om tine ecm yes 256 page width 215mm e lenoth unlimited 0 ms no v34 16 d n ff 13 B4 v34 33 6 symb 3420 v34 33 6 v3A4 ff 13 pr 00 UU 00 fT v34 16 dBm ff 13 Rc vM 33 6 symb 3429 v34 33 6 v34 ff 13 of 2f 00 0 be v34 16 dBm ff Bc v34 ff 13 fb Figure 6 17 260 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Example of a T 30 trace of a successfully sent fax ENWW Note Figure 6 18 ENWW Phase A call establishment does not show up on a trace report Phase C is the phase in which faxed pages are transferred hp LaserJet 3015 WP LASERJET FAX 222 555 1111 Dec 1 2008 8 31PM T 30 Protocol Trace Job Date 1 12 1 2003 Elapsed 100 00 OFF HOOK mg BA 0008 36
88. 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches Note The HP LaserJet 3015 ADF output bin holds one sheet of legal size media 215 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches Subsequent sheets of legal size media slide off of the ADF output bin Card stock guidelines Set margins at least 2 mm 0 08 inch away from the edges 42 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW Loading media Note Note ENWW This section provides information about loading media in the input trays Media input tray The media input tray holds up to 150 sheets of 60 g m 16 Ib paper or a 25 mm 0 98 inch stack of heavier media Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed on facing up To prevent jams and skew always adjust the side media guides Priority input tray The priority input tray holds up to 10 pages of 75 g m 20 Ib paper or one envelope transparency or card Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed on facing up To prevent jams and skew always adjust the side media guides If you try to print on media that is wrinkled folded or damaged in any way a jam might occur See the user guide on the product CD for more information When you add new media make sure that you remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the stack of new media This helps prevent multiple sheets of media from feeding through the printer at one time reducing jams Specific types of media e Transparencies and labels Load transparencies and labels wi
89. 264 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Note Note ENWW To set the language and location if none is set If the language and location have been erased because NVRAM has been initialized or the formatter is replaced the product automatically prompts for the language and the location when it is turned on HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only The customer cannot send or receive faxes until these settings have been established 1 Press lt or gt until the correct language appears 2 When the correct language appears press MENU ENTER and then press 1 to confirm the selection If the location also needs to be set the product automatically prompts for the location 3 Press lt or gt until the correct country region appears HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 The list of countries regions that appears on the control panel display depends on the LIU that is installed in the product HP LaserJet 3020 This product does not have fax capabilities and so it does not have a LIU installed The list of supported countries regions that appears on the control panel display are in a localized format 4 When the correct country region appears press MENU ENTER and then press 1 to confirm the selection 5 After both the language and the location settings are established the product automatically turns itself off and then on Soft reset Before performing an NVRAM init attempt a soft reset which does not reset configuration settings or cause loss
90. 30 only continued Any one of the following Post message commands for a complete page from the RPS MP transmitter to the receiver PPS EOP PPS EOM PPS PRI MPS PPS PRI EOP PPS PRI EOM Ask for the status of the receiver from the transmitter to the receiver Table 6 8 Fax abbreviations HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Abbreviation Function Signal format X any CED Called station identification station identification mn o Hz eS to receive LL NN 0001 1850 or 1650 Hz for 3 seconds oe Calig subscriber identification Calling subscriber identification identification 10000010 0010 C eme wmm DBM dBM signal strength detected Range in 7 5 to 43 43 is a from sending station number is weak signal see the explanation deviation from average value that follows Figure 6 18 Example of a T 30 trace of a successfully received fax EM End of message X111 0001 1100 Hz Troubleshooting tools 257 Table 6 8 Fax abbreviations HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only continued Abbreviation Function Signal format X any End of procedure X111 0100 End of retransmission X111 0011 Eye quality monitor a measure of the modem signal quality lower numbers indicate better signals retransmission Frequency shift key Low speed command identifier separating commands scans precedes command mode Failure to train The 1 5 seconds X010 0010 of the Trainin
91. 34 ADF cover correctly installed eessessenseeerreesrnnesennaasrenneenenaanatenneetennaeenenas 134 Remove the flatbed lid 2 of 5 tennis 135 Remove the flatbed lid 3 of 5 135 Remove the flatbed lid 4 of 5 136 Remove the flatbed lid 5 of 5 sss 136 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 1 of 4 137 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 2 of 4 137 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 3 of 4 138 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 4 of 4 138 Remove the control panel bezel ssssssssssseeeeeeee 139 Remove the control panel assembly 1 of 2 sss 139 Remove the control panel assembly 2 of 2 140 Remove the separation pa 140 Remove the ADF input tray Tag 141 Correct positioning of the ADF input tray spring eseeeeeees 141 Remove the ADF pickup roller 1 of 2 142 Remove the ADF pickup roller 2 of 2 sse 142 Remove the ADF scanner glass 1 of 3 143 Remove the ADF scanner glass 2 of 3 143 Remove the ADF scanner glass 3 of 3 144 Install the ADF scanner dolass ee 144 Remove the scanner assembly 1 of 13 145 Remove the scanner assembly 2 Of 131 145 Remove the scanner assembly 3 of 13 146 Remove the scanner assembly 4 of 13 146 Remove the scanner assembly 5 of 13 147 xiii Xiv Figur
92. 8 Solenoid sensors switches and motor Print cartridge door switch Power switch power supply Paper width sensor Paper delivery sensor Top of page sensor Solenoid Motor NOOR WN 278 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 2 Figure 6 29 PCBs 1 Engine controller unit ECU 2 Formatter Note For the HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 the line interface unit LIU is attached to the formatter The HP LaserJet 3020 does not have fax capabilities and does not use an LIU ENWW Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base 279 280 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Parts and diagrams This chapter contains the following sections Ordering parts and supplies 2 0 2 0 cceccce cee eeeeeceeeeae cee ts eee eeeeeeeeseaaaaaecaeeeeeeeeeeesesececuccaaeeeeeeeeeess 282 Parts that Weal sonics Se 282 MICAT Eaa 282 World wide customer support 282 eei M PL 284 Common hardware uie reta coste tete eri a etae ER Reda uu dva die aa dele xu ga dA 284 How to use the parts lists and diagrams sssssse eme 285 HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly sssssssessseeeeeeeeene ene 286 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly sss 296 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 304 281 Ordering parts and supplies Parts that wear The parts on the product tha
93. C reouirements ener 26 Regulatory information for the European Union countries regions ssssess 27 2 Operation Operating environment iiec dedere Tee Re Ee ee EP e Ee eL EP RE AERE aes 30 Identifying the control panel componente enne 31 Control panel menu struchre ener ennemi nennen nne 33 To use the control panel buttons eene eene nnn 33 To print the control panel menu structure 33 Product media specifications rinine aa a aaa 37 Main input tray all models ssssseeeeeeenn nemen enemies 37 Automatic document feeder ADF spechtcations 38 To gain access to the optimizing Teature enne 38 Guidelines for using media nennen nennen 39 Paper and transparencies radere repeated a Ende Yea nio ne Eee a Yea dE 39 Common media problems table ssssssssssssssssesee eene nennen nnne 39 E L RHE RHR 40 SnIeecmCMII LH H 40 Card stock and heavy media ette ett atre eaput noster A Loadmng media 43 IO EIENIeTT e CEET 43 Priority input tray oo cece e eee e ee eene eee etne ee eee ate eee enne nennen nennen nnne nenne nennen enr nnns 43 Specific types Media E 43 Media information for ADF originals ssese mmn 43 Media information for the flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 and 2020 44 Loading originals to copy or Scan A Loading originals into the LJ 3
94. CA all in one ld St DUR 5 St LL m iS Be CY Oe ic O Ba dem eo eee Ze CH Co A service HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one Service Manual Copyright Information Copyright 2004 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number Q2665 90901 Edition 1 01 2004 Trademark Credits Adobe and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Safety Information WARNING Potential Shock Hazard Always follow basic safety precautions when using this product to reduce risk of injury from fire or electric shock Read and understand all instructions in the user guide Observe all warnings and instructions marked on the product Use only a grounded electrical outlet when connecting the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products to a power source If
95. EEE 1284 B receptacle e Setthe host computer to ECP enhanced capabilities mode ENWW Product specifications 11 Electrical specifications all models Note The values are subject to change See hitp www hp com support j3015 or http www hp com support j3030 for the most current information The 110 volt and 220 volt power sources are not interchangeable Table 1 5 Electrical specifications all models tem 110 volt models 220 volt models Power supply 110 to 127 V 10 220 to 240 V 10 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz Power consumption typical 300 W average 300 W average Printing Standby 14 W average 14 W average 14 W average 14 W average Power Save ow ow Off Minimum recommended circuit 4 5 A capacity Acoustic emissions all models Note The values are subject to change See http www hp com support lj3015 or http www hp com support j3030 for the most current information During other operations acoustic emissions can vary Table 1 6 Acoustic emissions all models Activity Operator 1m Bystander 1m level Acive Active LpAmse pAmS6dB A pAmS6dB A LpAm48 Lesen dB A LpAm48 dB A LWAd6 1 Bels dB A 1 Bels dB LWAd6 1 Bels dB A e meme non Skew specifications all models Table 1 7 Skew specifications all models Category Specification Skew all vertical lines are 3 0 mm 0 12 inch over 250 mm 9 85 inch
96. Flatbed scanner assembly Table 7 3 on page 297 000CN Q2668 60001 Table 7 3 on page 287 Q2669 00001 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00002 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00003 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00004 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00005 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00006 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00007 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00008 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00009 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00010 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 0001 1 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00012 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00013 Table 7 3 on page 291 Q2669 00014 Table 7 3 on page 291 328 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical parts list continued Part number Q2669 00015 Q2669 00016 Q2669 00023 Q2669 40002 Q2687 60002 RC1 1953 000CN RC1 1985 000CN RC1 2358 000CN RC1 2471 000CN RC1 2472 000CN RC1 2473 000CN RC1 2474 RC1 2476 000CN RC1 2485 000CN RC1 2494 000CN RC1 2543 000CN RC1 2544 000CN RC1 2559 000CN RC1 2560 000CN RC1 2560 000CN RC1 2564 000CN RF5 3235 000CN RK2 0107 000CN RK2 0232 000CN RK2 0232 000CN RK2 0236 000CN RL1 0266 000CN RL1 0358 000CN RL1 0359 000CN RL1 0375 000CN RL1 0376 000CN Scanner media lever torsion spring lever pressure Table 7 3 on page 295 convert Cover top scanner support frame printer Table 7 3 on page 309 Scanner base frame assembly scanner support Table 7 3 on page 291 frame Scanner sheet grounding Table 7 3 on page 291 Numerical parts list 329 T
97. HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide If the media is consistently jamming and the paper path is clear replace either the paper pickup assembly or the fuser depending on where the jam occurs See Paper pickup assembly or Fuser The documents print with poor print quality See Solving image quality problems ENWW Basic troubleshooting 189 Is the copy function operational Place the configuration report into the ADF and make a copy The report should feed smoothly through the ADF and copies should print without print quality problems Make a copy from the flatbed as well HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only Poor copy quality from the flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 and _ Ifthe print quality from the internal tests and the copy from 3030 the ADF are acceptable clean the flatbed glass See Cleaning the product Adjust the LicureR Danken setting on the control panel If after performing the maintenance the problem persists replace the ADF assembly the ADF is part of the flatbed lid See Flatbed lid Poor copy quality from the ADF HP LaserJet 3015 Clean the ADF scanner glass See Cleaning the product Adjust the LicHter Darker setting on the control panel If the problem persists replace the scanner assembly See Scanner assembly Media does not move smoothly through the ADF path Clean the ADF pickup roller and ADF separation pad see Cleaning the print cartridge area If the problem persists replac
98. INIYd HIM AGLS LIVM 3OoN3no3s spuooes ium A NO Uu 1amod diagram iming HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base t Figure 4 2 ENWW Chapter 4 Operational overview 74 Formatter system The formatter coordinates the major systems It is responsible for the following tasks or actions e formatting and controlling copies e receiving and processing print data from the printer interface e monitoring the control panel and relaying printer status information e developing and coordinating data placement and timing with the print engine e communicating with the host computer through the bidirectional interface e communicating fax data to and from the LIU HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only The formatter receives print data from the bidirectional enhanced capabilities port ECP mode interface or universal serial bus USB interface and converts it into a dot image The ECU synchronizes the image formation system with the paper feed system and signals the formatter to send the print image data The formatter sends the print image data dots in the form of a video signal and the printing process begins Central processing unit The formatter incorporates an embedded Coldfire V4 processor operating at 133 MHz Line interface unit HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only The line interface unit LIU provides the required safety isolation signal coupling and impedance matching between the telephone line and the
99. Jefew Jeuueos eeu dew oer Reade torir iun fen jndino zs Y T Jone EH H I Jeuueos oew Josues eBeuj HES EES eem jo eyed GND ul Nooa 5 H o gate Q 2 SEI 2x D 2 1 eur T aus 301 m o 3 EL afa Nosa 2 9 3 d Le sut tele caso E z 2 a 2 s dE Shee gl S E ai Wieler fen meng E sl 3 STREETS V9d m T e ue S S peer eield 1euueos oew vac SC a EE E josues les 2 a dd 8 hi i VOd 3 Josuas afew 12e1u07 joss jaued jonuoo 8 amp j J b S 269 in wiring Ma HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly In wiring Ma Figure 6 19 ENWW
100. Jet 11 34 kg 3020 3030 d product 21 89 inches 19 02 inches 19 6 inches 25 pounds Environmental specifications all models Table 1 2 Environmental specifications all models Category Specification Operating environment unit plugged into an ac Temperature 15 to 32 5 C 59 to 90 5 F outlet Humidity 10 percent to 80 percent relative humidity no condensation Storage environment unit not plugged into an ac Temperature 20 to 40 C 4 to 104 F outlet Humidity Less than 95 percent relative humidity with no condensation HP LaserJet 3015 performance specifications Table 1 3 HP LaserJet 3015 performance specifications Category Specification Printer capacities and ratings Print speed e 15 pages per minute ppm for letter size paper and 14 ppm for A4 size paper e First page out in less than 10 seconds Media input tray capacity 150 sheets of regular weight 60 g m 16 Ib paper or up to 30 envelopes Priority input slot capacity 10 sheets of regular weight 75 g m 20 Ib paper or 1 envelope Output bin capacity Up to 125 sheets of regular weight 16 Ib 60 g m paper Minimum paper size 76 by 127 mm 3 by 5 inches 8 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW ENWW Table 1 3 HP LaserJet 3015 performance specifications continued Category Specification Maximum paper size 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches The output bin holds one sheet of legal size media 215 by 356 mm 8 5
101. Jet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base basic sequence of operaton esent 73 Product startup messages fescesescetevedeesedeseuseeddcecuneeavecssactesdeetededuarenedeanssceass 76 D power distrib tlon 4 eere ee co eiie teda edes dd r 80 Alert and warning messages sse emnes 193 Critical error messages eee teneret n needed bandon dede dtes 201 Event log cod6s c itat ene eere Lite ne 204 Fax receive codes oi T e ete ee deo d e Tue doe da do 243 RE e Bee EB tute e Me ated es 248 Fax phase sequence HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 254 Appropriate responses HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 256 Fax abbreviations HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 257 EE ul EE 266 Technical support websites and related documentation 282 ACCOSSOFIOS EE 284 Common fasterniers 1 2 e s tee laa bibcenbtaauridadads daceeatdaaietecsbianecedecestaet 284 Alphabetical parts jet 320 Kl Tu ee EI CTIE TEE 326 ix ENWW ENWW List of figures Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 1 5 Figure 1 6 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 7 Figure 2 8 Figure 2 9 Figure 2 10 Figure 2 11 Figure 2 12 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3
102. Loading media To clear a jam Jams might result in loose toner on the page If toner falls on clothing wash it in cold water Hot water will permanently set the toner into the fabric If toner is on your hands wash them in cold water Never use a sharp object such as a pencil or scissors to remove jammed media 1 Open the print cartridge door Clear a jam in the product base 1 of 3 Solving paper feed problems 223 Figure 6 3 CAUTION Note Figure 6 4 CAUTION 2 Grasp the handle on the print cartridge remove the print cartridge and set it aside Clear a jam in the product base 2 of 3 To prevent damage to the print cartridge do not expose it to light any longer than necessary Place the print cartridge in a paper bag or other opaque container until you can place it back in the device 3 With both hands grasp the side of the media that is most visible this includes the middle and carefully pull it free from the product Always try to remove a jam towards the way it would move through the paper path Clear a jam in the product base 3 of 3 4 After the jammed media is removed replace the print cartridge and close the print cartridge door 5 After clearing a jam turn off the product and then turn it on again To clear other media jams Never use a sharp object such as a pencil or scissors to remove jammed media 224 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW If the media has jammed wh
103. NWW 308 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams e Cover top Scanner support frame printer ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 309 S4 4 amp M A See paper pickup assembly 2 S5 M1 MO 2 Figure 7 12 Internal components 1 of 1 LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 310 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 311 J902 S5 Figure 7 13 Internal components 2 of 2 LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 312 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Laser scanner assembly RM1 0171 000CN Engine controller PCB assembly RM1 0907 000CN Screw rs M3X6 XA9 1495 000CN Screw rs M3X8 XA9 1420 000CN Screw rs M2X10 XA9 1501 000CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 313 Figure 7 14 Internal components 3 of 3 LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 314 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Link coupling lower RC1 2485 000CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 315 Figure 7 15 Paper pickup assembly LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 316 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Paper pickup assembly RM1 0864 000CN Roller pickup RL1 0266 000CN Screw tap M4X10 XB4 5401 009CN Screw tap BH3X8 XA9 1503 000CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 317 Figure 7 16 Fuser fixing assy assembly LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 318 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Fuser fixing assy asse
104. R To scroll quickly to a particular data store parameter When R W PARAMETER appears on the control panel display jump directly to any parameter ID that does not contain a 2 by typing the ID on the keypad Pressing 2 brings up the secondary service menu To change a parameter that has a 2 in its ID type the ID of the closest parameter that does not have a 2 and then use the lt or gt button to locate the parameter that you want to change For example to move quickly to parameter 152 enter 151 gt Adjusting the country region code parameters Three situations can occur that necessitate changing the country region or language settings for the product 1 The customer has moved to a different country region from where the product was purchased 2 The information has been erased because of an NVRAM initialization or the parameters are set to undefined 3 The formatter was replaced Use the information in the following sections to adjust the country region and language settings To change the country region from one location to another 1 Press MENU ENTER and then press 2 to gain access to the Secondary Service menu 2 Press lt or gt to select Location and then press wENU ENTER 3 Press lt or gt until the correct location appears 4 When the correct location appears press MENU ENTER Press 1 to confirm the new location The product automatically turns itself off and then on after the setting is confirmed
105. Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single pre paid pre addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package that the new cartridge comes in For more information in the U S call 1 800 340 2445 or visit the HP LaserJet Supplies website at http www hp com recycle 18 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Non U S returns Non U S customers should call the local HP Sales and Service office or visit the http www hp com recycle website for further information regarding availability of the HP Supplies Returns and Recycling program ENWW Print cartridge information 19 FCC regulations Note Note 20 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy If not installed and used in accordance with the instructions it may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving ante
106. The fax egbevetenm stees 96 Formatter in the fax subsystem sse eene eene rennen nens 96 LIU in the fax SUBSYSTEM ELTE 96 Fax page storage in flash memory ssssssssee eee ennemis 99 5 Removal and replacement Removal and replacement straiegy eene eene 103 required tools EE 103 Before performing E seissen terae c RH ERE Fo E eed ae ERR E Rede a REP 103 After performing Service iocur eec Rer Rex td nex MEO eeu add tu aceto ERO eee E Ed genda 104 Parts removal order e n ia EENS EARN S CR PLN TAKE e una a Ke UR aeu 104 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one cerca tite ege ee tae Ruta dex naa SEENEN 107 Link assemblies and scanner support frame springdes 107 Scanner side CoVets ess tiste nde ee IRE EQ e Re E ARR ee ARP MARS IN RI na ELS 110 Separation pad BE 111 Control panel bezel E M 112 Control panel assembly 2 eeeeieseeeiince nene 1S Media lever and media lever torsion epring em 114 Separation pad assemblv eene eren nennen nennen 115 ENEE nn ct rct tese e DA aieo Legem edt e eden cse e gen eng 118 Scanner Ell Ve 126 ele le EE 129 ical EE 130 Wpite plat m 131 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all imn one ees 133 ART Tel 133 Flatbed lid ET 134 Link assemblies and scanner support frame springdes 136 Control panel bezel nennen aaia nnns 139 Control panel assembly
107. WARNING When the link assemblies are disengaged the scanner assembly can easily fall off of the product base if it is rotated too far towards the back of the product CAUTION Do not push too hard on the link tabs or the tabs might break Figure 5 59 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 1 of 4 3 Rotate a link assembly toward the front of the printer until the link disengages from the scanner support frame Figure 5 60 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 2 of 4 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 137 4 Remove the link assembly Repeat this step with the remaining link y SM Figure 5 61 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 3 of 4 5 Use needle nose pliers to remove the scanner support frame spring Repeat this step for the other scanner support frame spring Figure 5 62 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 4 of 4 138 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Control panel bezel 1 Gently pry up the outside edge of the control panel bezel to release it Figure 5 63 Remove the control panel bezel Control panel assembly CAUTION The control panel is an ESD sensitive component 1 Remove the control panel bezel See Control panel bezel 2 Push in on the control panel assembly latch callout 1 and slide the assembly to the left to release it Figure 5 64 Remove the control panel assembl
108. able 7 5 Numerical parts list continued Power supply assembly 110 127 V Power supply assembly 220 240 V 330 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 5 Numerical parts list continued XA9 1495 000CN Table 7 3 on page 313 XA9 1495 000CN Table 7 3 on page 315 XA9 1501 000CN Table 7 3 on page 313 XA9 1503 000CN Table 7 3 on page 291 XA9 1503 000CN Table 7 3 on page 317 XB1 2300 605CN Table 7 3 on page 293 XB2 7300 605CN Table 7 3 on page 293 XB2 7300 605CN Table 7 3 on page 295 XB2 7300 605CN Table 7 3 on page 311 XB2 8300 909CN Table 7 3 on page 319 XB4 5401 009CN Table 7 3 on page 291 XB4 5401 009CN Table 7 3 on page 293 XB4 5401 009CN Table 7 3 on page 295 XB4 5401 009CN Table 7 3 on page 311 XB4 5401 009CN Table 7 3 on page 317 ENWW Numerical parts list 331 332 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Index Symbols Numerics SZ error message 193 50 Fuser Errormessage 201 51 Laser Error message 202 52 Scanner Error message 202 79 Error message 202 A abbreviations fax 257 acbias 83 ac power distribution 80 acoustic emissions 9 11 12 adding paper 43 ADF copying troubleshooting 190 door open error message 203 duty cycle 11 features 3 feeding problems troubleshooting 229 230 input tray removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 133 input tray replacing 62 input tray flag removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 141 jam detection HP LaserJet 3020 3030 95 jams clearing 227 loading 45 locating 5 media specifications
109. age quality problems corno Pad ett o Deezer te Peau 206 Checking the print cartridge 1 metr tede rera rere reae deuda 206 Solving print image quality problems enm 206 Solving scanning copying image quality problems ssesesssssseeessssrrssseeerreseerrrrssrennrsssennn 216 Repetitive image defect ruler 2 ecciesie detti rna de baia haee haa 222 Solving paper feed problems eene rrerr nnne 223 Jams occur In the le seuil endete aaea ee denunce t n edu 223 Solving print paper feed oroblems emere 225 Jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF see 227 Solving scanner copier paper feed problems ssssssssssnsssssrtnrrnrrtresrerrtrnnnnnssnnerrenn nn 229 Solving problems with digital subscriber line DSL connechons 231 Connecting additional devices AA 231 zUTereifoa Regale cam 235 Control panel test eee reiten nnne nnne In eR a NX NERA ERE RXNR X PEARL n Eegen 235 Half self test functional check ssssssssseseeeneeneneneneen nennen 235 Drum rotation functional check ssssssssseeee enne 237 Higli voltage contacts Check aodio dec cde d d dece dE Odd deter 238 Updating the firmware code iecur nane nennen nita annie dent a Lena annie 240 Troubleshooting ee ET 241 Printing a configuration report demonstration page or menu structure 241 Printing all fax reports at once HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only
110. age the drum Protect the print cartridge whenever you remove it by covering it with paper Printer paper feed system The main input tray and the priority input tray merge into one main input area The printer uses the top of page sensor PS801 to senses the paper as it enters the paper feed path It does not sense the presence of media before beginning the print cycle The following steps occur when the product receives a print job The ECU activates the motor M1 Paper motion begins when the ECU energizes the pick up solenoid SL1 The paper pickup roller rotates once The paper lift plate pushes the media against the pickup roller The friction of the pickup roller grabs the top sheet and advances it to the feed assembly drive rollers To ensure that only one sheet is fed a main separation pad holds the remainder of the stack in place The feed assembly drive rollers advance the media to the top of page sensor PS801 This sensor informs the ECU of the exact location of the leading edge of media so that the image being written on the photosensitive drum can be precisely positioned on the page The feed assembly drive rollers then advance the media to the transfer area where the toner image on the photosensitive drum is transferred to the media 84 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW After the image is transferred the media enters the fuser assembly where heat from the fuser and pressure from the pressure roller perm
111. and delivery assemblies HP LaserJet 3015 288 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Scanner pickup tray assembly RM1 0893 000CN Scanner tray delivery wire RC1 2560 000CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly 289 See guide assembly See frame assembly Internal components HP LaserJet 3015 Figure 7 3 ENWW 290 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW DEE ne Feemeeospoaer Jess o ne Feemeeencgeg Jeer bw Somerton Tomy Jess nm serere ummmos o gt I ma ES messen link assembly right HP LaserJet RM1 0897 000CN EH 3015 6 Scanner spring compression RU5 2198 000CN CE Scanner link assembly left HP LaserJet 3015 RM1 0896 000CN Scanner base frame assembly scanner RL1 0375 000CN support frame 10 Scanner sheet grounding sheet Scanner sheet grounding RL1 0376 000CN Screw tap M4X10 XB4 5401 009CN Screw tap BH3X6 XA9 1503 000CN HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly 291 Frame assembly HP LaserJet 3015 Figure 7 4 ENWW 292 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams LJ3015 scanner frame assembly RM1 0883 000CN LJ3015 scanner pickup assembly RM1 0885 000CN Screw tap M4X10 XB4 5401 009CN Screw machine M3X6 XB1 2300 605CN Screw w washer M3X6 XB2 7300 605CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly 293 Guide assembly HP LaserJet 3015 Figure 7 5 ENWW 294 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams s Not Scanner media lever
112. anently bond the toner image to media The paper delivery sensor PS803 determines that the media has successfully moved out of the fusing area Step 7 The fuser assembly exit rollers deliver media to the output bin face down POSNS MAIN MOTOR DRIVE signals PICKUP SOLENOID DRIVE signal CPUD PAPER DELIVERY DETECTION signal TOP OF PAGE DETECTION signal PISNS ee a eee Delivery roller a FOST Pressure roller Fuser NEC NUN Photosensitive i Transfer roller Priority input tray Main input tray Separati pad o PS801 Top of page sensor PS802 Paper width sensor PS803 Paper delivery sensor M1 Main motor SL1 Pickup solenoid Figure 4 7 Printer paper path Jam detection in the printer The top of page sensor PS801 and the paper delivery sensor PS803 detect media moving through the printer If a jam is detected the ECU immediately stops the printing process and the Attention Cancel light illuminates on the control panel ENWW Printer functions all models 85 86 Conditions of jam detection Pickup delay jam Paper does not reach the top of page sensor PS801 within 1 4 seconds after the pickup solenoid SL1 has been turned on a second pickup operation is attempted and paper again does not reach the top of page sensor within 1 4 seconds Pickup stationary jam The top of page sensor PS801 does not detec
113. anner assembly 3 of 13 5 Rotate the back side of the cover away from the product and then slide the cover toward the front of the product to remove it CAUTION Make sure that the parallel connector bales are in the closed position If they are in the open position they might spring off when the cover is removed and be lost Figure 5 78 Remove the scanner assembly 4 of 13 146 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 Disconnect two wire harnesses and two FFCs on the formatter callout 4 CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Figure 5 79 Remove the scanner assembly 5 of 13 7 Push the print cartridge door button to release the scanner assembly and then raise the assembly until it locks open Figure 5 80 Remove the scanner assembly 6 of 13 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 147 8 Grasp the tab on the gear drive arm bracket and carefully flex it away from the scanner assembly to release the bracket Figure 5 81 Remove the scanner assembly 7 of 13 9 Pull the bracket toward the right side of the product until its mounting tabs clear the holes in the scanner assembly Figure 5 82 Remove the scanner assembly 8 of 13 148 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 10 Use a small flat blade screwdriver to release the hinge tabs on each front hinge WARNING When the front hinges are disengaged the scanner assembly can easily fall off of the pro
114. aper ready for printing If the problem persists reinitialize permanent storage 252 Chapter6 Troubleshooting transmission This is most likely caused by a low memory condition although it could be caused by other internal problems that stall the data generation for transmission The product has answered a fax session and completed the initial V 34 handshake but has been unable to detect any T 30 frames This failure is caused by either compatibility problems with certain machines or line conditions The product has failed to complete phase 3 of the initial V 34 handshake after answering a fax session This is usually caused by poor line conditions although it might be a compatibility issue with certain machines or line conditions The product has failed to successfully negotiate the initial V 8 handshake with the remote machine after answering a fax session Typically this occurs when the calling machine is not fax capable It might also be a compatibility issue with certain machines or line conditions An unexpected T 30 frame has been received between pages during a multipage V 34 reception This is almost certainly a compatibility problem with the remote machine and might be caused by an error with the implementation of the remote machine Ask the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission with the V 17 mode Ask
115. asive glass cleaner Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 glass 2 of 2 4 To prevent spotting dry the glass by using a chamois or cellulose sponge 5 Plug the product in and use the power switch to turn on the product Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 lid backing Debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the device lid 1 Use the power switch to turn off the device unplug the power cord from the electrical socket and raise the lid Turn the power switch to the off position 2 Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with a mild soap and warm water Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 lid backing 3 Wash the backing gently to loosen debris do not scrub the backing 52 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW CAUTION ENWW 4 Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth Do not use paper based wipes because they might scratch the backing 5 Plug the product in and use the power switch to turn on the product If this procedure does not clean the backing thoroughly repeat the previous steps but use isopropyl alcohol to dampen the cloth or sponge and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove any residual alcohol Cleaning the product 53 Cleaning the print cartridge area WARNING Figure 3 6 CAUTION Figure 3 7 54 Chapter 3 You do not need to clean the print cartridge area often However cleaning
116. ast setting Increased gray background The media weight is too heavy Use lighter weight paper shading along the edges or bottom of the page The contrast setting is set too Lower the contrast setting high Excessive curl or problems with Too moist wrong grain direction Use long grain paper feeding hort grai truction F ee E EH For copy or fax jobs select less paper curl in the service menu For print jobs select a lighter weight media type from the printer driver or the HP Toolbox Jamming or damage to device Cutouts or perforations Do not use media with cutouts or perforations Problems with feeding Ragged edges Use good quality media Guidelines for using media 39 Note 40 Labels For best results use only HP brand labels To order HP supplies visit http www hp com When selecting labels consider the quality of the following factors e Adhesives The adhesive material should be stable at 200 C 392 F the products maximum temperature e Arrangement Use only labels that have no exposed backing between them Labels can peel off sheets that have spaces between the labels causing serious jams e Curl Before printing labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm 0 5 inch of curl in any direction e Condition Do not use labels that have wrinkles bubbles or other indications of separation Never use a sheet of labels that has already been run through the device Envelopes When
117. at contains glue correction fluid or wet ink e Do not insert gum backed paper or labels e Avoid multiple copy forms e Do not scan originals that are larger or smaller than supported size limitations To obtain good results it is important to use the correct re entry and color settings for the job See the user guide on the product CD for more information Media information for the flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 Use the flatbed scanner for copying scanning and faxing if the media is fragile thin thick or damaged folded wrinkled or to produce a high quality copy or file The flatbed scanner provides the best copy and scan quality The flatbed has no minimum size specification and accepts a maximum size of letter 215 9 mm by 279 mm or 8 5 inches by 11 inches or A4 210 mm by 297 mm or 9 26 inches by 11 69 inches size media To scan a legal size document using the HP LaserJet 3020 or 3030 use the automatic document feeder Loading originals to copy or scan Use these instructions to load originals into the product for copying or scanning See the specific instructions for the model that you are servicing Automatic document feeder ADF capacity is up to 30 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib media depending on the thickness of the media or until the ADF input tray is full The minimum size for media in the ADF input tray is 74 by 105 mm 2 9 by 4 1 inches The maximum size for media in the ADF input tray is 215 by 356
118. atbed scanner assembly Q26665 601 12 Table 7 3 on page 297 000CN Fuser fixing assy assembly 110 127 V RM1 0862 000CN Table 7 3 on page 319 Fuser fixing assy assembly 220 240 V RM1 0863 000CN Table 7 3 on page 319 HP jewel 7121 8043 Table 7 3 on page 305 Table 7 3 on page 287 HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly Table 7 3 on page 297 Laser scanner assembly RM1 0171 000CN Table 7 3 on page 313 Link coupling lower RC1 2485 000CN Table 7 3 on page 315 Link coupling top RC1 2494 000CN Table 7 3 on page 315 LJ3015 formatter Q2668 60001 Table 7 3 on page 287 Door print cartridge RC1 2473 000CN Table 7 3 on page 309 LJ3015 scanner frame assembly RM1 0883 000CN Table 7 3 on page 293 LJ3015 scanner pickup assembly RM1 0885 000CN Table 7 3 on page 293 LJ3020 copy control panel Q2665 60101 Table 7 3 on page 297 LJ3020 copy control panel Q2665 60101 Table 7 3 on page 301 LJ3020 formatter C2688 60002 Table 7 3 on page 297 LJ3020 3020 ADF glass C7296 00014 Table 7 3 on page 301 LJ3020 3030 ADF lid Q26665 60102 Table 7 3 on page 301 LJ3020 3030 ADF solar lock clip Q1636 40036 Table 7 3 on page 301 LJ3020 3030 scanner link assembly left RM1 0898 000CN Table 7 3 on page 299 322 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 4 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Table and page LJ3020 3030 scanner link assembly right RM1 0899 000CN Table 7 3 on page 299 Power supply assemb
119. ation procedure and the correct port setting is used Does the product print from the computer Connect the parallel cable or USB cable between the product and the computer Use a word processing program to send a print job to the product EECH An LPT port driver problem exists in Microsoft Windows Reset the computer s port settings Verify that the port is set for bidirectional communication A problem exists in the device manager Check the computer system settings and fix any device problems The formatter has failed Replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU ENWW Basic troubleshooting 191 Does the product scan to the computer Initiate a scan from either the computer s basic desktop software or from the product Cause Other products are connected to the parallel port or USB port Disconnect the other products and try again to scan The computer s parallel port hardware is not bidirectional Check the computer documentation to see if the port configuration can be changed Make sure the correct port is selected The BIOS settings for the parallel port are set incorrectly Reset the computer s port settings If the problem persists reset the BIOS settings in CMOS Polling is turned off in HP Toolbox or HP Toolbox is not Start HP Toolbox and turn on polling running 192 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel messages The majority of the control panel messages are intend
120. axes and then press wENU ENTER 4 Use the lt or gt button to select V 34 and then press MENU ENTER 242 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW 5 Use the lt or gt button to select On or Off and then press mENU ENTER to save the selection Fax receive and fax send codes The following tables list the fax receive and fax send codes that appear in the fax call report Table 6 4 Fax receive codes 223 ECM error The fax session has been completed without errors The user has pressed cauce which caused the fax session to be prematurely halted The product has answered a call but has been unable to detect the presence of a fax machine Typically this is caused by the product answering a voice call Or The remote user canceled the fax transmission by pressing CANCEL immediately before or just as the product answered the call Or The remote machine automatically ended the call immediately before or just as the product answered the call Or The remote calling fax machine identified a feature incompatibility between the two machines and disconnected immediately before transmitting any additional fax tones or T 30 frames This is a very rare and non standard behavior The product has been unable to receive an entire page even after multiple attempts to receive the parts of the page that contain errors This is usually caused by extremely poor line conditions Allow the product t
121. ble 1 4 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 performance specifications continued Category Specification Media weight Media input tray 60 to 163 g m 16 to 43 Ib cut sheet paper Priority input slot 60 to 90 g m 16 to 24 Ib single thickness envelopes Print paper output 135 to 176 g m 36 to 47 Ib postcards Base memory 4 MB of ROM and 32 MB of RAM 9 MB for the product and 23 MB available to the user Print resolution 1 200 dpi Duty cycle e 7 000 single sided pages per month maximum e 1 000 single sided pages per month average PCL Printer Control Language Level 5e and 6 Copy reduction or enlargement Acoustic emissions per ISO 6 3 Bel sound power level 9296 while copying Scanner capacities and ratings Margins for scanned items 3 05 mm 0 12 inch right and left 4 06 mm 0 16 inch top and bottom Media size 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 11 7 inches no minimum size Scanner duty cycle 2 000 single sided items per month Scan resolution 600 dpi color Automatic document feeder ADF input tray specifications Input capacity Up to 50 sheets of flat 60 to 75 g m 16 to 20 Ib media Media weight input and output 60 to 90 g m 16 to 24 Ib Media size 127 by 127 mm 5 by 5 inches to 216 by 381 mm 8 5 by 15 inches Speed Up to 15 ppm for letter size or A4 size media Duty cycle 1 000 pages per month Port availability Compatible with USB 2 0 specification Parallel e EEE 1284 B level 2 device with an I
122. bs Installing the scanner cushions 1 Open the print cartridge door ENWW Printer product base 167 2 Place a scanner cushion in the wells on the scanner support frame callout 1 Use the eraser end of a pencil or use an ink pen with the cap on to seat each cushion in its well 71717731848 74 Figure 5 117 Installing the scanner cushions Speaker assembly 1 Remove the right side printer cover See Printer side covers 2 Disconnect one wire harness connector callout 1 unclip one wire retainer callout 2 and then remove 1 screw callout 3 sud BDT eo IN Figure 5 118 Remove the speaker assembly 1 of 2 168 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 5 119 ENWW 3 Carefully pry the sheet metal brace away from the printer chassis Slide the speaker down and slightly to the right to release it from the retaining clips on the printer chassis Remove the speaker assembly 2 of 2 Reinstallation tip When installing a replacement speaker be careful to not tear the speaker cone on any exposed sharp sheet metal edges Power supply 1 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover Printer product base 169 2 Disconnect one spade connector callout 1 and remove three screws callout 2 Reinstallation tip The center screw in callout 2 is a ground screw and is a different type than the others When reinstalling the power supply make sure that this scre
123. ce the following reports are printed e Fax activity log recent faxes sent and received and their status e Billing log if enabled sorted by billing code e Block fax list if enabled fax numbers you have blocked e Configuration report current control panel settings including the following sections e System information e Reports e Fax settings e User defaults e Service e Page counts e Speed dial report one touch speed dal and group dial report e Usage page T 30 protocol trace HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Use a T 30 protocol trace report to troubleshoot fax transmission and receive issues Troubleshooting tools 241 To print a T 30 protocol trace report 1 Press MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to select Service and then press MENU ENTER 3 Use the lt or gt button to select Print T 30 trace and then press MENU ENTER 4 Use the lt or gt button to select Now and then press menu enteR The product exits the Menu settings and prints the reports Send a fax from the product or receive a fax to the product from another fax machine Print a T 30 trace report after the fax prints Explanations of some of the report column heading follow e Date and Time identify when the fax begins Match this information with the fax log of errors e Type is the type of fax activity send or receive e Identification is the phone number to which a fax is sent e Result explains the status of the fax e
124. ck the print cartridge contacts Remove the print cartridge and visually inspect the three connection points callout 1 on the end of the print cartridge If they are dirty or corroded clean the connection If they are damaged replace the print cartridge Note Use only isopropyl alcohol to clean the connections Figure 6 15 Print cartridge high voltage contacts 238 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Figure 6 16 ENWW To check the high voltage connector pins The assembly has three spring loaded pins callout 1 to contact the print cartridge Verify that the pins are not dirty or corroded and that the spring loading action is functional If the pins are dirty or obstructed clean them using a dry cloth If they are damaged replace the product High voltage contacts Functional checks 239 Updating the firmware code Note 240 If after attempting to update the firmware code the device does not return to the Ready state preform the following procedures Try the firmware update again Perform the NVRAM init procedure See NVRAM init If the device still does not reach the Ready state replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU The device uses a flash memory based formatter that enables the firmware code to be updated when updated firmware is available Flash memory also provides a method for product recovery if the installed firmware becomes corrupted or fails Print a configuration page
125. correct media 212 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Try a different media Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide In the Paper tab of the printer driver under Type is select the correct media type from the drop down list This affects the current print job only Select the correct media through HP Toolbox ENWW ENWW Pages are skewed crooked AQBbCc AadBbcc AaBbCcc AQBbCc AQBbCc The media is loaded incorrectly The media guides are broken or missing The input tray is too full The type and quality of media does not meet HP specifications Reload the media and make sure that the media guides are not too tight or too loose against the media stack See Loading media Replace the media input tray or the paper pickup assembly See Media input tray or Paper pickup assembly Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3015 ADF input tray can hold up to 30 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper less for heavier paper Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF input tray can hold up to 50 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper less for heavier paper Remove some of the sheets The HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 main input tray can hold up to 150 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond weight paper less for heavier paper Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJ
126. csdaceccunsdscccectntsdhcedeytedaceccenntadadcetntsdncecennedecesnnbecadestnavintecs 204 Solving image quality problems sssseeeeee enne nnns 206 Checking the print cartridge 2 oerte nee den opu rx ATENa 206 Solving print image quality problems ene 206 Solving scanning copying image quality problems ses 216 Repetitive image defect ruler oreet ctr eie tnde dee p de rd de da aede bet de 222 Solving paper feed problems enne nennen nnns 223 Jams occur inthe LE 223 Solving print paper feed problems ccceceeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeesecceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeieees 225 Jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADE 227 Solving scanner copier paper feed problems ssssssssssnssesseterrtrrttesrerrtrnnnnnsrnnsrrenn nn 229 Solving problems with digital subscriber line DSL connections eeeseeeeeseereeeeeerersesne 231 Connecting additional devices AA 231 Functional CHECKS Er 235 Control panel TOS ti eg ccs dadecavecntacavecedeiansenddcchtesuaeunsncadecasesdscueounsciaesecaeteusndicavesattanwacaads 235 Half self test functional check esses esee KNAAR EAA 235 Drum rotation functional check ssssssseeeeee enne 237 High voltage contacts check ossis aranan tie cic cecidere idle sk kde dean 238 Updating the firmware COGO oco ner rare enit rx Ex Po ee SERRE de REQUE RE E RRIR EH niu Rer an dES 240 Troubleshooting ee EE 241 Printing a configuration report demo
127. ct cannot print to the edge of the paper To fit the image into this printable area slightly The printer has minimum margins on each edge reduce the size of the image of 6 mm 0 25 inch The reduction setting is set incorrectly Check the reduction setting in the Print or Setup window from within the program that you are using ENWW Solving image quality problems 207 Toner specks appear on the printed page AQBbGc AaBbOC AaBbCc AaBbCc AGBDCGc The media does not meet HP specifications for Make sure that the media meets specifications example it is too moist or too rough detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The print path needs to be cleaned Clean the print path See Cleaning the product and Cleaning the print cartridge area Characters are only partially printed also referred to as dropouts AaBbCc Aabbcc AaBbCc AaBocc AaBecCc SSES A single sheet of paper is defective Try reprinting the job The print density needs to be adjusted Adjust the print density from the HP Toolbox The moisture content of the paper is inconsistent Make sure that the media meets specifications or the paper has moist or wet spots on the detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print surface Media Guide The paper was damaged by inconsistent Make sure that the media meets specifications manufacturing processes detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Famil
128. d 1 Open the print cartridge door and remove the print cartridge ENWW Printer product base 159 2 Release the two locking tabs on the paper guide and rotate the guide up Figure 5 101 Remove the transfer roller 1 of 3 3 The clamps on the paper guide fit over the bearings on each end of the transfer roller Do not touch the black sponge portion of the transfer roller Grasp the right end of the paper guide and pull the clamp off the bearing on the right side of the transfer roller Then slide the clamp slightly to the right and the left clamp will slide off the left bearing Ni TEMPERATURE ELEV LW Figure 5 102 Remove the transfer roller 2 of 3 160 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Squeeze the two small tabs on the transfer roller Figure 5 103 Remove the transfer roller 3 of 3 Printer side covers Note The procedure for removing the right side and left side covers is identical with the exception of the location of the screw that fastens the cover to the product The right side cover is shown in the following procedure 1 Remove one screw callout 1 the right side cover uses a black screw Callout 2 is on the left side cover Figure 5 104 Remove the printer side covers 1 of 3 ENWW Printer product base 161 2 Release the locking tabs on the upper back callout 2 Figure 5 105 Remove the printer side covers 2 of 3 3 Release the bottom tab callout 3 CAUTION W
129. d down the buttons while you turn on the product Hold the buttons through the entire power on sequence 4 When Permanent Storage Init appears on the control panel display release the buttons 5 When the message Language appears on the control panel display set the correct language and country region 6 Allow the product to return to Ready before using the product System settings for localized products Note The HP LaserJet 3020 does not have a LIU because it does not have fax capabilities The list of available country regions includes all of the country regions listed in Table 6 9 System settings and Chile default media size letter default date format ddmmyy and default time format am pm North Africa default media size A4 default date format ddmmyy and default time format 24 hour Jordan default media size A4 default date format ddmmyy and default time format am pm and Lebanon default media size A4 default date format ddmmyy and default time format am pm Two LIUs are available for the product The list of available countries regions that appears in the Secondary service menu in the Location submenu varies according to the LIU that is installed in the product The default system settings vary for each country region The following table lists the default system settings for each country region Be sure to reset any user defined settings that differ from these settings Table 6 9 System settings Country reg
130. de off of the ADF output bin Speed Up to 12 ppm for letter size or A4 size media Duty cycle 1 000 pages per month Port availability Product specifications 9 Table 1 3 HP LaserJet 3015 performance specifications continued Category Specification Compatible with USB 2 0 specification Parallel e EEE 1284 B level 2 device with an IEEE 1284 B receptacle e Set the host computer to ECP enhanced capabilities mode Fax capabilities and ratings Fax transmission speed 3 seconds per page ITU T Test Image 1 Right left margins for printed 6 3 mm 0 25 inch pages Top bottom margins for printed 5 08 mm 0 2 inch pages Fax compatibility ITU Group 3 ECM Fax resolution superfine 300 by 300 dpi no halftone Fax resolution photo 300 by 300 dpi halftone enabled Fax page storage Up to 110 slerexe pages HP LaserJet 3020 3030 performance specifications Table 1 4 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 performance specifications Category Specification Printer capacities and ratings Print speed e 15 pages per minute ppm for letter size paper and 14 ppm for A4 size paper e First page out in less than 9 seconds Media input tray capacity 150 sheets of regular weight 60 g m 16 Ib paper or up to 30 envelopes Priority input tray capacity 10 sheets of regular weight 75 g m 20 Ib paper or 1 envelope Output bin capacity Up to 125 sheets of regular weight 75 g m 20 Ib paper 10 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Ta
131. ds to use polling The remote user might have inadvertently attempted to poll If this is the case reattempt a normal transmission from the remote machine If the remote user intended to use polling confirm that the product was correctly configured for poll transmission Confirm that the remote user is the person for whom the polled document is intended If so make sure that the remote user has the correct password and that the product is configured with the same password Enable the ECM on both the product and the remote machine Ensure that the product is capable of receiving a document Check that paper is correctly loaded paper is not jammed within the machine and any other system abnormalities have been cleared ENWW Table 6 4 Fax receive codes continued 232 233 234 235 ECM error 236 ECM error 237 238 239 ECM error 240 ECM error 241 ECM error A communication failure has occurred between the two machines Or The user at the remote machine might have pressed canceL Or The power at the remote machine has been interrupted or deliberately turned off causing the fax session to be interrupted The remote fax machine sent an unexpected communication The remote fax machine is attempting to receive instead of send Both machines have attempted to start receiving at the same time It is possible to accidentally initiate a fax reception after dialing on many machines if the
132. duct base if it is rotated too far toward the back of the product CAUTION Do not push too hard on the link tabs or the tabs might break Figure 5 83 Remove the scanner assembly 9 of 13 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 149 11 Use one of the following three separate methods to support the scanner assembly so that it does not fall off of the product base e A Use the HP scanner support tool part number 5185 7441 Note Remove the left side link before using the support tool e B Rest the scanner assembly against a wall e C Rest the scanner assembly against your chest IA Gs Go MK _ ON Sif S ha ZEE p e MI Figure 5 84 Remove the scanner assembly 10 of 13 150 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 12 Use needle nose pliers to squeeze the two plastic wire harness retainers and push them up into the scanner support frame WARNING Do not clip wire retainers The wire harnesses might be damaged if the retainers are clipped instead of removed Figure 5 85 Remove the scanner assembly 11 of 13 13 Remove one screw callout 5 Carefully remove the grounding shield callout 6 from the wire loom Feed the two FFCs and the wire harness through the hole in the chassis and remove them from the wire loom Reinstallation tip Take note of how the FFCs and wire harnesses are routed through and attached to the scanner support frame Figure 5 86 Remove the scanner a
133. e An error message appears on the control panel display Consult the list of common messages which appears later in this chapter to correct the error See Control panel messages Control panel is not functional Verify that the control panel cable is seated into both the control panel and the scanner formatter Also check the connections between the scanner motor controller board and the formatter If all cables are undamaged and seated correctly but the problem persists replace the control panel HP LaserJet 3015 see Control panel assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Control panel assembly Control panel display is blank but the LEDs are lit Print a page from a software program If the page prints verify that the control panel cables are correctly seated If the problem persists replace the control panel HP LaserJet 3015 see Control panel assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Control panel assembly If the problem persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Control panel display and LEDs function but buttons do not Replace the control panel HP LaserJet 3015 see Control work panel assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Control panel assembly Does the demo page print Print a demo page by opening the reports menu and select Demo Page The media does not move smoothly through the paper path Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the
134. e DSL connection the setup might be incorrect connections for information about setting up DSL connections 190 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Does the product receive a fax HP LaserJet 3015 3030 only Use another fax machine to send a fax to the product The fax cord is plugged into the additional device connector Verify that the fax cord is plugged into the fax interface port on the back of the product the bottom phone cord connector on the back of the product Too many telephone products are plugged in or telephone Make sure that the product is the only product on the products are not connected in the correct order telephone line and try again to receive the fax press fax send and listen for a dial tone The product s fax settings are set incorrectly Review and reset the product s fax settings See Control panel menu structure The line interface unit LIU is not operational Replace the LIU If the problem persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU If the customer is using a digital subscriber line DSL See Solving problems with digital subscriber line DSL connection the setup might be incorrect connections for information about setting up DSL connections Is the software installed correctly Software is not installed or an error occurred during software Uninstall and then reload the product software Make sure installation that the correct install
135. e 5 80 Figure 5 81 Figure 5 82 Figure 5 83 Figure 5 84 Figure 5 85 Figure 5 86 Figure 5 87 Figure 5 88 Figure 5 89 Figure 5 90 Figure 5 91 Figure 5 92 Figure 5 93 Figure 5 94 Figure 5 95 Figure 5 96 Figure 5 97 Figure 5 98 Figure 5 99 Figure 5 100 Figure 5 101 Figure 5 102 Figure 5 103 Figure 5 104 Figure 5 105 Figure 5 106 Figure 5 107 Figure 5 108 Figure 5 109 Figure 5 110 Figure 5 111 Figure 5 112 Figure 5 113 Figure 5 114 Figure 5 115 Figure 5 116 Figure 5 117 Figure 5 118 Figure 5 119 Figure 5 120 Figure 5 121 Figure 5 122 Figure 5 123 Figure 5 124 Figure 5 125 Figure 5 126 Figure 5 127 Figure 5 128 Figure 5 129 Figure 5 130 Figure 5 131 Figure 5 132 Figure 5 133 Figure 5 134 Figure 5 135 Remove the scanner assembly 6 of 131 147 Remove the scanner assembly 7 of 13 148 Remove the scanner assembly 8 of 13 148 Remove the scanner assembly 9 of 13 149 Remove the scanner assembly 10 of 13 150 Remove the scanner assembly 11 of 13 151 Remove the scanner assembly 12 of 13 sse 151 Remove the scanner assembly 13 of 13 sse 152 Parts removal order for the printer product base all models 153 Remove the printer separation pad 1 of 2 154 Remove the printer separation pad 2 of 154 Remove the print cartridge 1 of 2 155 Remove the print cartridge 2 of 2 155 Rem
136. e 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Thai Q2665 40039 Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Traditional Chinese Q2665 40038 Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Turkish Q2665 40032 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Vietnamese Q2665 40043 Table 7 3 on page 302 3030 bezel Arabic Q2666 40018 Table 7 3 on page 302 320 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 4 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Table and page 3090 bezel Turkish ADF input tray spring C7309 80013 Table 7 3 on page 301 ADF pickup roller assembly C7309 60016 Table 7 3 on page 301 Automatic document feeder and flatbed lid ADF part Q2665 60102 Table 7 3 on page 297 of the flatbed lid 000CN ENWW Alphabetical parts list 321 Table 7 4 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Table and page Compression spring white platen RU5 2196 000CN Table 7 3 on page 295 Cover front RL1 0358 000CN Table 7 3 on page 309 Cover left Table 7 3 on page 309 Cover rear Table 7 3 on page 309 Cover right Table 7 3 on page 309 Cover top scanner support frame printer Table 7 3 on page 309 Delivery tray assembly Table 7 3 on page 305 Delivery tray assembly product output bin RM1 0859 000CN Table 7 3 on page 307 EMEA LIU Line interface unit Q2687 60002 Table 7 3 on page 305 Engine controller PCB assembly RM1 0907 000CN Table 7 3 on page 313 Flatbed scanner assembly does not include the Q2665 601 12 Table 7 3 on page 301 flatbed lid Fl
137. e components of the separation pad set The separation pad assembly is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel should attempt to replace the separation pad assembly ADF input tray Flatbed lid HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner assembly Link assemblies and scanner support frame springs Control panel bezel Control panel assembly Separation pad assembly ADF input tray flag Pickup roller assembly ADF glass Parts removal order for the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one Removal and replacement strategy 105 Printer separation pad Print cartridge Printer pickup roller Transfer roller Media input tray Printer side covers Rear cover and fuser cover Power supply HP LaserJet 3015 3020 or 3030 scanner assembly Print cartridge door Front cover Fuser assembly Front cover Speaker assembly l Formatter and LIU if present Note the front cover is listed twice Figure 5 4 Parts removal order for the printer product base all models 106 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement Scanner support frame Engine controller unit Laser scanner assembly Main motor Paper pickup assembly ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one Figure 5 5 Note ENWW This section documents removal and replacement instructions for components that are unique to the HP LaserJet 3015 product Scanner side covers seperation pad set not the entire assembly wi assemblies and scann
138. e drum the cartridge should be replaced To redistribute the toner in the print cartridge Before installing a new print cartridge or when the toner begins to run low redistribute the toner by rotating the cartridge back and forth five or six times Solving print image quality problems Use the following tables to help solve problems with printed pages Some image quality problems can be isolated by performing printer functional tests See Functional checks Image quality problems can also be caused by using cables that are not IEEE 1284 compliant 206 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Pages do not print The product is not plugged in or the power switch Make sure that the product is plugged into a is not on working wall outlet or power strip and that the power switch is turned on The computer cable is loose Check that the parallel cable or USB cable between the product and the computer is securely connected The tape was not removed from the print Remove the print cartridge remove the tape and cartridge reinstall the print cartridge The print cartridge is out of toner Replace the print cartridge The media does not meet HP specifications for Make sure that the media meets specifications example it is too moist or too rough detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Parts of the page around the edges are not printing aBbCcc AaBbCc AaBbCc aBbcc Dave The produ
139. e heat and pressure in the device 200 C or 392 F The extra flaps and strips might cause wrinkling creasing or jams Envelope storage Proper storage of envelopes contributes to good print quality Store envelopes flat to ensure good print quality If air is trapped in an envelope creating an air bubble the envelope might wrinkle during printing Card stock and heavy media Some card stock performs better than others because the construction is better suited for feeding through a laser device For optimum device performance do not use media heavier than 157 g m 42 Ib Media that is too heavy might cause misfeeds stacking problems media jams poor toner fusing poor print quality or excessive mechanical wear You might be able to print on heavier media if you do not fill the input trays to capacity and if you use media with a smoothness rating of 100 to 180 Sheffield Card stock construction e Smoothness 135 to 157 g m 36 to 42 Ib card stock should have a smoothness rating of 100 to 180 Sheffield 60 to 135 g m 16 to 36 Ib card stock should have a smoothness rating of 100 to 250 Sheffield e Construction Card stock should lie flat with less than 5 mm 0 2 inch of curl Guidelines for using media 41 e Condition Make sure that the card stock is not wrinkled nicked or otherwise damaged e Sizes Use card stock that is within the following size ranges only e Minimum 76 by 127 mm 3 by 5 inches e Maximum
140. e media separates from the drum To stabilize the feed system and prevent toner dropouts on the printed image at low temperature and humidity the static eliminator reduces the charge on the back of the media Printer functions all models 83 CAUTION 6 Fusing stage During this process the heat and pressure fuse the toner into the media to produce a permanent image The media passes between a heated fusing element and a soft pressure roller which melt the toner and press it into the media 7 Drum cleaning stage During this process the cleaning blade is in contact with the surface of the drum at all times As the drum rotates during printing the cleaning blade wipes excess toner off the drum and stores it in the waste toner receptacle Print cartridge As the focal point of the image formation system the print cartridge contains toner and houses the cleaning conditioning and developing stages of the process The print cartridge contains the photosensitive drum primary charging roller developing station toner cavity and cleaning station By including these components which wear degrade or are consumed in the replaceable print cartridge the need for many service calls is eliminated The special photosensitive properties of the drum form an image on the drum surface and then transfer the image to media The print cartridge does not include a light blocking shutter Do not expose the drum to light which can permanently dam
141. e the ADF pickup roller and ADF separation pad see User replaceable parts If the problem persists for the HP LaserJet 3015 replace the scanner assembly see Scanner assembly If the problem persists for the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 replace the ADF assembly the flatbed lid contains the ADF assembly see Flatbed lid Does the product send a fax HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Connect the phone line and verify the dial tone using a hand set if necessary Attempt to send a fax The fax cord is plugged into the additional device connector Verify that the fax cord is plugged into the fax interface port on the back of the product the bottom phone cord connector on the back of the product See Overview of products The telephone line is not operational or the product is not Make sure that the product is plugged into a telephone line plugged into the telephone line that works press fax send and listen for a dial tone The phone cord is faulty or is plugged into the wrong Try plugging the phone cord into the other connector Try a connector new cord The product s fax settings are set incorrectly Review and reset the product s fax settings See Control panel menu structure The LIU is not operational Replace the LIU If the problem persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU If the customer is using a digital subscriber line DSL See Solving problems with digital subscriber lin
142. ed The session was aborted received a response after aborting a transmission Depending upon when the session is aborted some remote machines might not respond The product always attempts to abort the session in such a way that the remote machine can respond to the final PPS_EOP 440 444 An error occurred during a V 34 Attempt to receive the fax again when transmission after one or more partial telephone line conditions have improved pages image data were transmitted through the primary channel The transmitting machine was unable to restart the control channel in order to resume the T 30 handshake This typically occurs when the receiving machine prematurely disconnects while receiving a partial page although the problem can be caused by compatibility issues Translating the fax trace report HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Print a fax log report The fax log report contains information about the product s interpretation of the problem Read the time sequences looking for abnormal activity on the fax trace report See Table 6 6 Fax phase sequence HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only and Table 6 7 Appropriate responses HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only to separate normal from abnormal activity Fax abbreviations appear in Table 6 8 Fax abbreviations HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Identify the phase in which the error occurred Note represents an unidentified command Examples of a successfully s
143. ed to guide the user through normal operation The control panel messages indicate the status of the current operation and include a page count on the second line of the display if appropriate When the product is receiving fax data print data or scanning commands control panel messages indicate this status In addition alert messages warning messages and critical error messages indicate situations that might require some action Note HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only This product has been tested with the supplied two wire telephone cord to meet RJ11 specifications If you are experiencing faxing problems make sure that the supplied phone cord or an equivalent cord is installed Alert and warning messages Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require the user to acknowledge the message by pressing MENU ENTER to resume or by pressing cANcEL to cancel the job With certain warnings the job might not complete or the print quality might be affected If the alert or warning message is related to printing and the auto continue feature is on the product will attempt to resume the printing job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement Note Some control panel error messages might not apply to the product being serviced and therefore they will not appear on the control panel display For example fax error messages will not appear on the control panel display for the HP LaserJet 3020 all in one product
144. eeeeeeene eene 286 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 scanner assembly sssssssssseeem een 296 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 304 Alphabetical parts let 320 Numerical parts JS eeneg Ee ett ioa Denn meh ease eege 326 Index vii viii ENWW ENWW List of tables Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 Table 1 8 Table 1 9 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 3 1 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 4 5 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 6 7 Table 6 8 Table 6 9 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Physical specications rre tte tet it e be eed ee Hee etes 8 Environmental specifications all modele eese 8 HP LaserJet 3015 performance spechfications sss 8 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 performance spechflcaiions erene 10 Electrical specifications all models 12 Acoustic emissions all models see 12 Skew specifications all models 12 HP LaserJet 3030 fax Capabiltes neee enr te nesenn tn nsererrnnnnneereenen ns 13 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one batter 14 Control panel menu struchure eee eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 33 Supported media ivpes eene aan 37 Life expectancies of parts that wear 48 HP LaserJet 3015 basic sequence of operation rnn 71 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 basic sequence of operation 71 HP Laser
145. ement setting flatbed only HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only ENWW Control panel messages 197 Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Group dial not allowed in group HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only The speed dial code that you typed Add one touch buttons is programmed for a group Adding programmed as an individual a group dial to another group dial is speed dial or speed dal codes to a not allowed group dial Invalid date HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only An invalid date was entered such Re enter the date as June 35 Invalid data or response Correct the entry The product completed making one Press cance to clear the error copy The remaining copies have Break the job into smaller jobs that been canceled because of low contain fewer pages product memory Invalid entry Mem low 1 copy Press cancel Memory is low The product does not have enough Wait until the current job is finished Try again later memory to start a new job before starting a new job Remove a surge protector if one is being used Plug the printer directly into the wall socket Use the power Switch to turn the product on Memory is low The product memory has been Allow the product to finish the job almost completely filled or press MENU ENTER to cancel the Press enter job No Dial Tone The product could not detect a
146. end the fax HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only receive arfax Try faxing back to the sender or another fax machine Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing FAX SEND Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the product plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Turn off error correction mode ECM and turn off V 34 Ask the sender to resend the fax Turn off error correction mode ECM and turn off V 34 Ask the sender to resend the fax Connect the product to a different phone line If the error persists replace the LIU See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Fax Send error An error occurred while trying to Try resending the fax HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only send a tax Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing FAX SEND Try faxing to another fax number Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the product plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Connect the product to a different phone line If the error persists replace the LIU See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Fit to Page on The copy reduce enlarge feature Use the flatbed or select another only applies to flatbed copies reduction enlarg
147. ended that the customer install an ac surge arrestor in the ac outlet to which this device is connected This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other electrical surges FCC regulations 21 Telephone Consumer Protection Act United States The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device including fax machines to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business other entity or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business other entity or individual The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges In order to program this information into your facsimile please see the fax guide 22 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW IC CS 03 requirements CAUTION ENWW NOTICE The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment This certification means the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document s The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user s satis
148. ent fax and a successfully received fax appear after the tables Table 6 6 Fax phase sequence HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Sequence Calling station Called station Phase A Call setup sequence 2 CNG tone beep 500 Hz for 1 second Transmit CED 2100 Hz for 3 seconds Transmit CSI Transmit DIS Transmit NSF 254 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 6 6 Fax phase sequence HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only continued Sequence Calling station Called station DIS detected Phase B Pre message procedure negotiate compatible format protocol HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only i Transmit TSI Transmit DCS select mode CH DCS detected Transmit TCF training Transmit FSK wo Training synchronize signals check for errors A Transmit CFR C1 N Detect CFR Phase C Message transmission page scan transmission HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only O Transmit message FSK followed by date Receive message SCAN check for errors eh CO Transmit FSK N At end of message send one of the following EOM EOP MPS PRI Q PPS NULL PPS MPS PPS EOM PPS EOP PPS PRI Q Phase D Post message transmission next page end of transmission HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only CH Detect EOM EOP MPS PRI Q PPS NULL PPS MPS PPS EOM PPS EOP or PPS PRI Q Transmit MCF response to confirmation signals of post message responses
149. er 214 tonersmears 210 toner specks 208 tools 241 vertical black streaks 219 vertical lines 209 white vertical stripes 215 218 truss head screws 284 two way communications 75 77 U unplugging power cord 103 USB cable ordering 284 port 11 specifications 10 V V 34 enabling or disabling 242 V 34 fax standard 242 vertical black streaks troubleshooting 219 vertical defects troubleshooting 212 vertical lines troubleshooting 209 vertical white stripes troubleshooting 215 218 VIDEO signals 73 voltage DC power supply 80 fax line current control 99 high voltage power supply 82 overvoltage protection 81 W WAIT period 71 73 warning messages 193 Index 345 warranty extended 17 print cartridges 16 product 15 refilled cartridges impacton 18 waste toner receptacle 84 wave troubleshooting 214 226 websites 282 weight ADF media 9 11 battery 14 media 9 11 product 8 346 Index white platen cleaning 51 part number HP LaserJet 3015 295 part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 295 removing 131 white stripes troubleshooting 215 218 Windows operating systems supported 3 wiring diagrams 269 wrapping jams 86 wrinkled pages troubleshooting 226 writing stage image formation process 83 ENWW O invent 2004 Hewlett Packard Development Company LP www hp com support lj3015 www hp com support lj3020 www hp com support lj3030 MAAA NN Q2665 90901
150. er base 310 Internal components 2 of 2 LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 312 Internal components 3 of 3 LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 314 Paper pickup assembly LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 316 Fuser fixing assy assembly LJ 3015 3020 3030 printer base 318 xv xvi ENWW ENWW Product Information This chapter provides information about the following topics Product configurations sssssessseeseeeeene nennen mener enne en nnne nen nennen nnne 2 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one producte 2 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one product eene 3 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 all in one product essen 3 xiieeWemi ul ll 4 eR Eolloireje Uei ee E n 5 Hardware components ttnn ntet tE tEAEAASAEEE EEEN EAAS RESE EEEE nS REEE EEEE 5 Product identiflCatiOni ET 7 Model and serial numbers eene nennen eren enne nenenrnnens 7 Product specification Ssi T aaa 8 PhySiGal SPeCiiCatlonS ecaa E S 8 Environmental specifications all models 8 HP LaserJet 3015 performance spechficaiions 8 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 performance spechfcations sss 10 Electrical specifications all models ssseee mn 12 Acoustic emissions all models seen enne 12 Skew specifications all models emm 12 HP LaserJet 3030 fax capabilties sse 13 HP Lase
151. er support frame springs HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly Scanner assembly top cover Top cover assembly Pickup roller White platen Control panel bezel l Control panel assembly Media lever and torsion spring Separation pad assembly Parts removal order HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly The separation pad set and the separation pad assembly are two different assemblies The separation pad set consists of the pad clear plastic sheet and the pad cover The separation pad set is a user replaceable assembly The separation pad assembly consists of the separation lever tension spring feed arm and the components of the separation pad set The separation pad assembly is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel should attempt to replace the separation pad assembly Link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 1 Push the print cartridge access button and raise the the scanner assembly until it is locked open HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 107 2 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to release the link tabs on each link assembly WARNING When the link assemblies are disengaged the scanner assembly can easily fall off of the product base if it is rotated too far towards the back of the product CAUTION Do not push too hard on the link tabs or the tab might break Figure 5 6 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 1 of 4 3 Rotate a link assembly toward the fron
152. er voice calls on the shared line e Answering machine or computer voicemail system Connect these devices to the same phone jack that the product uses in order to make sure that the different devices do not interfere with one another It is possible to connect devices to another phone jack for the same phone line for example in another room However the devices might interfere with faxing and with each other To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3015 all in one and the HP LaserJet 3030 all in one Connect additional devices in the order that is described in the following steps The output port for each device is connected to the input port of the next forming a chain If you do not want to connect a specified device skip the step that explains it and continue to the next device Do not connect more than three devices to the telephone line 1 Unplug the power cords for all the devices that you want to connect 2 The device should already be connected to a telephone jack 3 Locate the fax ports on the back of the device E NE 4 Remove the plastic insert from the telephone port the port that is marked with a telephone icon 232 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 5 To connect an internal or external modem on a computer plug one end of a telephone cord into the device telephone port the port that is marked with a telephone icon Plug the other end of the cord into the modem line port N
153. ere it exits the product grasp the leading edge of the media and pull the media out through the output bin zt ee ii G c T eg ES Figure 6 5 Clearing output bin jams HP LJ 3015 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Clearing output bin jams HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 If the media has jammed in the automatic document feeder ADF see Jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF Note If you turned the product off before clearing the jam turn it on again and then resend the printing or copying job Solving print paper feed problems Use the following tables to solve paper feed problems when printing ENWW Solving paper feed problems 225 Pages are coming out curled or wrinkled Paper curl is inherent to the laser printing Make sure that the media meets specifications processes and occurs when paper is subjected to detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print heat Paper curl tends to relax as the paper cools Media Guide Remove the media turn it over and while resting on a flat surface reload it Paper is curled or wrinkled when printing In the printer driver on the Paper or Paper Quality tab select a lighter weight media type such as Light lt 75 g m2 to reduce the fuser temperature Paper is curled when faxing or copying Try an alternate media Paper is not stored properly Whenever possible store paper in its sealed ream at room temperature The media is too long for the printer out
154. ers 318 cover removing 164 errormessages 201 exit rollers 85 life expectancy 48 modes 37 operations 84 removing 184 fuses overcurrent protection F101 F102 81 fusing stage image formation process 84 G glass cleaning 51 gray background troubleshooting 209 grounding sheet 291 Group dial not allowed in group error message 198 group dial report 241 guide assembly HP LaserJet 3015 295 guides cleaning 210 troubleshooting 229 H half self test functional check 235 hardware maintenance agreements 17 headers fax 33 heat output 12 heavy media 41 high voltage contacts check 238 high voltage power supply operations 81 hook state 98 hook switch control 98 HP Care Pack 17 HP Customer Care Online 282 ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 272 277 components 5 operations 87 partnumbers 287 removing and replacing parts 107 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 ADF replacing 104 component locations 276 277 operations 93 part numbers 296 removing and replacing parts 133 scanner assembly replacing 104 HP Technical Training 282 humidity specifications 8 troubleshooting 209 214 219 l I O Enhanced 77 IC CS 03 requirements 23 identification label 7 image density troubleshooting 208 voltage operations 82 image formation process operations 83 testing 235 image quality troubleshooting about 206 copies and scans 216 repetitive defects 222 types of problems 206 input trays See trays installing scanner cushions 167 in
155. es length 0 8 percent parallel to the left edge of the for cut sheet media except for A5 size media 3 3 mm 13 inch over 220 mm 8 66 inches length 1 5 percent for envelopes postcards and A5 size cut sheet media 1 65 mm 0 06 inch over 190 mm 7 48 inches width for cut sheet media leading edge skew 12 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Table 1 7 Skew specifications all models continued Category Specification First line leading edge skew 4 23 mm 0 16 inch 2 0 mm 0 07 inch for cut sheet media the distance of the first scan line from the leading edge of the media 4 23 mm 0 16 inch 2 5 mm 0 09 inch for thick media over 105 g m 28 pounds 15 0 mm 0 59 inch 3 5 mm 0 13 inch for envelopes and postcards Left margin the distance of the 4 23 mm 0 16 inch 2 0 mm 0 07 inch for cut sheet media left most vertical line first two dots of each scan line from the left edge of the media Parallelism All vertical lines must be parallel within an absolute value of 2 percent 1 5 mm 0 05 inch over a 250 mm 9 85 inch length for cut sheet media HP LaserJet 3030 fax capabilities 15 0 mm 0 59 inch 3 5 mm 0 13 inch for envelopes and postcards Table 1 8 HP LaserJet 3030 fax capabilities Category Specification Fax transmission speed 3 seconds page ITU T Test Image 1 Right left margins for printed 6 3 mm 0 25 inch pages Top bottom margins for printed 5 08
156. es for using media Note ENWW Use the information in this section to choose the proper print media Paper and transparencies Paper must be of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles holes and curled or bent edges Check the label on the paper package for details about the type of paper such as bond or recycled Some paper causes print quality problems jamming or damage to the printer Do not use letterhead that is printed with low temperature inks such as those used in some types of thermography raised letterhead or colored paper or preprinted forms that use inks incompatible with the printer temperature 200 C or 392 F for 0 1 second Transparencies must be able to withstand 200 C 392 F the printer s maximum temperature Common media problems table Poor print quality or toner Too moist too rough too Try another kind of media adhesion or problems with smooth or embossed between 100 and 250 Sheffield feeding Faulty lot Use a fresh media Poor toner adhesion Fuser temperature is too low Try a higher fuser temperature Too smooth setting Try another kind of media between 100 and 250 Sheffield Dropouts jamming or curl Stored improperly Store paper flat in its moisture proof wrapping Increased gray background Media is not white enough or the Use whiter paper Lower the shading over the entire page contrast setting is set too high contr
157. eshooting 207 cloth toner 284 CO 96 99 CODEC circuitry 96 codes event log 204 fax receive 243 fax send 248 Coldfire processor 75 colored paper troubleshooting 218 Comm error message 194 commands PJL 268 Common settings menu 35 communication operations 75 77 complex pages printing 77 component locations HP LaserJet 3015 272 277 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 276 277 conditioning stage image formation process 83 configuration report printing 241 consumables ordering 282 contact image sensor CIS 91 continuous self test 262 contrast troubleshooting 218 control panel bezel removing HP LaserJet 3015 112 bezel removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 139 bezel replacing 66 buttons 33 components 31 76 languages HP LaserJet 3015 291 languages HP LaserJet 3020 301 languages HP LaserJet 3030 302 menus 33 messages 193 part number HP LaserJet 3015 287 removing HP LaserJet 3015 113 removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 139 reports printing 241 test 235 troubleshooting 189 controller PCA 78 copier operations 75 specifications 9 11 Copy setup menu 34 copying acoustic emissions 9 11 contrast troubleshooting 218 features 4 feeding problems troubleshooting 229 image quality troubleshooting 216 loading originals 44 reduction and enlargement capability 9 11 speed 9 11 troubleshooting 190 ENWW country settings 264 coupling link part numbers 315 covers HP LaserJet 3015 part numbers 291 covers part numbers 311 covers removing
158. et Printer Family Print Media Guide Solving image quality problems 213 The printed page has curls or waves ha ABC AaBboC AaBboC AaBoC AaBoC Wn UE E ER oERM Paper curl is inherent to the laser printing Curled paper tends to relax as it cools Place the process it occurs when paper is subjected to paper on a flat surface while it is cooling heat The environment is too warm or too humid Both high temperatures and high humidity levels cause media to curl Move the product to a different environment Use a different media Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The media was in the input tray for too long Turn the stack of media over and put it back in the tray Rotate the media 180 and put it back in the tray The fuser temperature is too high The fuser Select a lighter weight media type from the printer temperature varies according to the type of media driver or the HP Toolbox being used Large amounts of toner are scattered around the characters The media resistivity is too high Use a different media Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Turn the stack of media over and put it back in the tray Use media that is designed for laser printers 214 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Vertical white stripes appear AaBbCc
159. ettings from one print job to the next For example if a print job is sent to the product in landscape mode the subsequent print jobs print in landscape only if they are formatted for landscape printing ENWW Formatter system 77 Printer functions all models Printer functions are divided into five groups e engine control e formatter e image formation e laser scanner e pickup and feed The following figure is a block diagram of the printer To external device host computer etc E E Cmm NAILS Meca SAPs B s SN ek a ATARI I I Output tray i I l SS Se SS mr den ier ee eS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM I I l l i i ETS l e se athe KE IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM i Cleaning unit E unit Eet PAPER PICKUP FEED SYSTEM I I I I I I I I control I I I I I I Figure 4 3 Printer functional block diagram Engine control system engine control unit and power supply assembly The engine control system coordinates all print engine activities The engine control system includes both the engine control unit ECU printed circuit assembly PCA and the power supply assembly PCA 78 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Note ENWW In other HP LaserJet products the ECU and power functions are combined onto one PCA known as the controller PCA or the DC controller PCA In the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 the control functions are p
160. f 3 112 Remove the control panel bezel 2 of 3 113 Remove the control panel bezel 3 of 3 113 Remove the control panel assembly 1 of 2 114 Remove the control panel assembly 2 Of 2 sss 114 Remove the media lever and media lever torsion spring 1 of 2 115 Remove the media lever and media lever torsion spring 2 of 2 115 Remove the separation pad assembly 1 of 3 sss 116 Remove the separation pad assembly 2 of 3 sss 117 Remove the separation pad assembly 3 of 3 sss 117 ENWW ENWW Figure 5 24 Figure 5 25 Figure 5 26 Figure 5 27 Figure 5 28 Figure 5 29 Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 Figure 5 32 Figure 5 33 Figure 5 34 Figure 5 35 Figure 5 36 Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 5 42 Figure 5 43 Figure 5 44 Figure 5 45 Figure 5 46 Figure 5 47 Figure 5 48 Figure 5 49 Figure 5 50 Figure 5 51 Figure 5 52 Figure 5 53 Figure 5 54 Figure 5 55 Figure 5 56 Figure 5 57 Figure 5 58 Figure 5 59 Figure 5 60 Figure 5 61 Figure 5 62 Figure 5 63 Figure 5 64 Figure 5 65 Figure 5 66 Figure 5 67 Figure 5 68 Figure 5 69 Figure 5 70 Figure 5 71 Figure 5 72 Figure 5 73 Figure 5 74 Figure 5 75 Figure 5 76 Figure 5 77 Figure 5 78 Figure 5 79 Remove the scanner assembly 1 of 15 118 Remove the scanner assembly 2 of 15
161. f a mirror and finally through a slot in the top of the print cartridge and onto the photosensitive drum The beam sweeps the drum from left to right discharging the negative potential wherever the beam strikes the surface This creates a latent electrostatic image which later is developed into a visible image Because the beam sweeps the entire length of the drum while the drum rotates the entire surface area of the drum can be covered At the end of each sweep the beam strikes the beam detect lens generating the beam detect signal BD signal The BD signal is sent to the ECU where it is converted to an electrical signal used to synchronize the output of the next scan line of data 3 Developing stage During this process the latent electrostatic image is present on the drum The toner particles obtain a negative surface charge by rubbing against the developing cylinder which is connected to a negative dc supply The negatively charged toner is attracted to the discharged exposed grounded areas of the drum and it is repelled from the negatively charged unexposed areas Transfer stage During this process the toner image on the drum surface is transferred to the media The transfer roller applies a positive charge to the back of the media which attracts the negatively charged toner on the drum surface to the media After separation the drum is cleaned and conditioned for the next image 5 Separation stage During this process th
162. faction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority or electrician as appropriate The Ringer Equivalence Number REN of this device is 0 7 Notice The Ringer Equivalence Number REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equiva
163. for the product to finish the current job Try again later Doc feeder jam None A piece of media is jammed in the Open the ADF cover or raise the document feeder tray flatbed lid LJ 3020 3030 only Clear Reload e remove the jammed item see Solving paper feed problems and close the door or lid Then clear the items in the document feeder tray and start over If the error persists replace the ADF separation pad and ADF pickup roller See User replaceable parts Document feeder mispick Reload None Media in the document feeder tray Remove the media from the was not picked up document feeder tray and then reload it If the error persists replace the ADF pickup roller and ADF separation pad See User replaceable parts 194 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Door open or no The print cartridge door is open or Check that the print cartridge the print cartridge is not installed door is completely closed print cartridge properly Forcefully open and close the print cartridge door to make sure that the print cartridge is seated Check that the print cartridge is correctly installed Engine comm error None The product experienced an Warning message only Job output internal communication error might be affected Fax is busy None The receiving fax line was busy Call
164. front 165 fuser 164 print cartridge 163 rear 164 scanner side HP LaserJet 3015 110 scanner top HP LaserJet 3015 126 side 161 top HP LaserJet 3015 129 CPU formatter 75 critical error messages 201 crooked pages troubleshooting 213 217 crooked scans troubleshooting 230 curl troubleshooting 214 226 current control fax line 99 cushions scanner installing 167 part numbers 309 custom sized media loading 43 Customer Care Online 282 cut off edges 207 D dark copies or scans troubleshooting 218 data communication operations 75 77 data store parameters fax 263 Date menu 33 dc bias 83 DC controller PCA 78 dc power distribution 80 Declaration of Conformity 24 25 default settings restoring 265 delay jams 86 delivery sensor paper P8803 85 delivery delay jams 86 delivery stationary jams 86 demonstration report printing 241 density operations 82 troubleshooting 208 developer menu 263 developing roller 81 developing stage image formation process 83 Device error message 194 Device is busy error message 194 dialing pulse 98 digital subscriber lines DSL troubleshooting 231 Doc feeder jam error message 194 Document feeder mispick error message 194 document sensor PS1201 88 document top sensor PS 1202 88 documentation ordering 282 Door open or no print cartridge error message 195 ENWW door cartridge part number 309 door print cartridge removing 163 door open paper jams 86 dots troubleshooting printed pa
165. fter V 8 before phase 4 and before the first T 30 frames are exchanged These compatibility problems have been observed when sending to non HP units V 34 negotiations have failed from the answering machine during phase 3 Phase 3 occurs after V 8 before phase 4 and before the first T 30 frames are exchanged The transmitting machine is unable to send continuous ones at the end of the control channel before starting the primary channel This is a V 34 error This error might be associated with line conditions although it is more likely to be caused by internal modem problems V 34 negotiations have failed from the answering machine during phase 4 Phase 4 occurs after V 8 and before the first T 30 frames are exchanged Attempt to receive the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Attempt to receive the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Attempt to receive the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Attempt to receive the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Ask the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Ask the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Ask the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Troubleshooting tools 253 Table 6 5 Fax send codes continued The transmitting machine has not No action requir
166. g Check Frame TCF indicates line conditions are not good enough for this modulation 2100 Hz for 1 5 to 100 seconds Message confirmation X011 0001 1850 Hz p cats data po i enema poro O pe i nee poro 258 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 6 8 Fax abbreviations HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only continued Abbreviation Function Signal format X any PPS Partial page signal X111 1101 PPS EOM Partial page signal end of X111 1101 message PPS EOP Partial page signal end of X111 1101 procedure PPS MPS Partial page signal multipage X111 1101 signal PPS NULL Partial page signal null X111 1101 Partial page request X011 1101 PRI EOM Procedure interrupt end of X111 1001 message PRI EOP Procedure interrupt end of X111 1100 procedure PRI MPS Procedure interrupt multipage X111 1010 signal R TCF Zeroes for 1 5 5 identification V xx Protocol version used Group 3 V 27 4800 2400 only V 29 9600 7200 V 33 14400 12000 V 17 14400 12000 9600 7200 XID Exchange identification procedure 22 Unidentified command sequence Troubleshooting tools 259 HP LASERJET FAX 222 555 1111 Dec 1 2003 8 33PM hp LaserJet 3015 Job Date EI 1 2003 Elapsed bono Q0 OFFHOOK UUA 45 LNG 0009 97 v 0013 50 PHASED 0014 86 PHASES 0015 07 0015 25 0015 35 T 30 Protocol Trace ca invent E E OS 35 TSi 0015 35 DCS 0015 98 CER 00
167. ges 208 214 scanned images 220 draft mode 76 DRAM 76 drivers ordering 282 supported 3 dropouts troubleshooting 208 212 drum inspecting 206 operations 83 84 rotation functional check 237 drum cleaning stage image formation process 84 DSL lines troubleshooting 231 DSP circuitry 96 duty cycle ADF 9 11 product 9 11 scanner 9 11 E ECM error correction mode 242 EconoMode 76 ECU assembly partnumbers 313 functions 78 jam detection operations 85 laser scanner operations 80 paper feeding operations 84 removing 177 edges not printing 207 electrical specifications 12 electrophotographic processes operations 83 testing 235 electrostatic discharge ESD 103 EMC statement for Australia 26 EMI statement for Korea 26 Engine comm error message 195 engine control unit See ECU engine power assembly 80 Enhanced I O 77 envelopes loading 43 specifications 40 environmental specifications 8 30 error messages alert and warning 193 control panel 193 critical 201 error correction mode ECM 242 Index 335 ESD electrostatic discharge 103 European Union regulatory information 27 eventlog codes 204 exit rollers fuser assembly 85 extended warranty 17 F factory default settings restoring 265 fasteners types of 284 fax abbreviations 257 additional devices connecting 231 appropriate responses 256 billing metering tone filters 99 data path 97 data store parameters 263 downstream current detection 98 DSL lines
168. gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 all in one kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa l katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 770 795 nm Teho 5 mW Luokan 3B laser Korean EMI statement ASA erudi Ag AA Oo 7 2 5 gig Ec MAp E ue AMO PLU Drot Ate YPRIoASsS MAS S E 2A H jSlitz dA A HEIL ITI Australian EMC requirements This equipment complies with Australian EMC requirements 26 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Regulatory information for the European Union countries regions ENWW This equipment has been designed to work in all of the countries regions of the European Economic Area Public Switched Telephone Networks only Network compatibility is dependent on internal software settings
169. he JPEG transmission to a machine that fax again does not support this mode 387 The product has failed to complete phase 3 of the initial V 34 handshake after originating a fax session This is usually caused by poor line conditions although it might be a compatibility issue with certain machines or line conditions The remote machine has failed to respond to a fax command from the telephone line conditions have improved product because the connection was Or interrupted Or Disable ECM The remote user has pressed the Stop button while the remote machine was receiving The product has failed to successfully negotiate the initial V 8 handshake with the remote machine after originating a fax session Typically this occurs when the remote machine is not fax capable or has disabled reception It might also be a compatibility issue with certain machines or line conditions The product has originated a fax session and detected a remote fax machine but has been unable to detect any T30 frames If the machine is in V 17 mode the connection probably has been interrupted In V 34 mode this error might also occur because of compatibility problems with certain machines or line conditions The product has originated a fax session and has reattempted V 8 negotiations multiple times without Success Attempt to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and a
170. he U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside this printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in this manual can result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canada DOC regulations This equipment complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme a la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques lt lt CEM gt gt Safety statements 25 Laser statement for Finland LASERTURVALLISUUS LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT HP LaserJet 3315 3020 3030 all in one laserkirjoitin on kayttajan kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasers teen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN 60825 1 1994 A11 1996 A2 2001 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen k ytt minen muulla kuin k ytt ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle VARNING Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider
171. he components of the separation pad set The separation pad assembly is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel should attempt to replace the separation pad assembly 1 Open the scanner top cover ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 111 2 Carefully pry the separation pad set away from the guide assembly CAUTION When installing the replacement pad be careful not to bend or break the retainer clip pins Figure 5 13 Remove the separation pad Control panel bezel 1 Carefully release the three front locking tabs callout 1 Figure 5 14 Remove the control panel bezel 1 of 3 112 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Slightly raise the control panel bezel Then disconnect one FFC callout 2 and one wire harness connector callout 3 CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Figure 5 15 Remove the control panel bezel 2 of 3 3 Push the control panel bezel toward the back of the product to release the rear locking tabs callout 4 and then remove it Figure 5 16 Remove the control panel bezel 3 of 3 Control panel assembly CAUTION The control panel is an ESD sensitive component 1 Remove the control panel bezel See Control panel bezel ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 113 2 Remove three screws callout 1 Figure 5 17 Remove the control panel assembly 1 of 2 3 Rotate the control panel button assembly away from t
172. he control panel cover and remove it Figure 5 18 Remove the control panel assembly 2 of 2 Media lever and media lever torsion spring 1 Remove the control panel bezel See Control panel bezel 114 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Carefully dislodge and remove the media lever torsion spring Figure 5 19 Remove the media lever and media lever torsion spring 1 of 2 3 Lift the media lever up and out of the guide assembly to remove it Figure 5 20 Remove the media lever and media lever torsion spring 2 of 2 Separation pad assembly 1 Remove the control panel bezel See Control panel bezel ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 115 2 Remove four screws callout 1 and the sheet metal plate CAUTION Do not touch the grey separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints on the separation pad might cause paper feed problems Press down on the plate as the screws are removed There are four compression springs under the plate The separation pad assembly also has one compression spring attached to the shield Do not loose any springs when the shield is removed Note The separation pad set and the separation pad assembly are two different assemblies The separation pad set consists of the pad clear plastic sheet and the pad cover The separation pad set is a user replaceable assembly The separation pad assembly consists of the separation lever tension spring feed arm and the components of the separatio
173. he product off and then on again Ask the remote user to send the fax again and to split the document into two portions the JPEG and non JPEG portions Some machines will attempt to use JPEG for photo mode so this might be associated with a between page encoding change to support photo mode Troubleshooting tools 247 248 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Table 6 5 Fax send codes The fax session has been completed without errors The user has pressed the Stop button which caused the session to be prematurely halted before all pages have been transmitted A remote fax device has failed to answer the call Specifically fax tones or the fax handshake from a remote machine has not been detected Typically this is caused by the user calling the wrong number or when the correct number has been called but the machine has been configured not to answer or when the remote machine has been temporarily disabled because of a condition such as a lack of paper or a jam A busy signal has been detected each time that the product has attempted to call the remote machine The product has attempted to initiate a remote diagnostic session but has detected that remote diagnostics are disabled at the remote machine The product has attempted to initiate a remote diagnostic session but has detected that the remote diagnostic version supported by the remote machine is incompatible The product is set up to initiate document transmiss
174. hen removing the left side cover hang the product off of the table to gain access to the bottom tab This prevents the I O shield from being damaged if the right side cover is off and the product is tilted too far up Figure 5 106 Remove the printer side covers 2 of 3 162 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Slightly rotate the back side of the right cover away from the product and then slide it toward the front of the product to release it CAUTION Make sure that the parallel connector bails are in the closed position If they are in the open position they might spring off when the cover is removed and be lost Figure 5 107 Remove the printer side covers 3 of 3 Print cartridge door 1 Remove the scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly 2 Fully open the print cartridge door and gently pull downward on both print cartridge swing arms callout 1 to release them the left arm is shown disengaged CAUTION Be careful when releasing the swing arms They can easily break Figure 5 108 Remove the print cartridge door 1 of 2 ENWW Printer product base 163 3 Rotate the door toward the back of the printer and then lift it up and off of the printer Figure 5 109 Remove the print cartridge door 2 of 2 Rear cover and fuser cover 1 Remove the right side and left side covers See Printer side covers 2 Remove one
175. her computers Dedicated fax line If the product is connected to a phone line that is used only for fax calls the following devices can be connected e Caller ID box e Modem An internal or external computer modem can be connected to the fax line if the fax line is to be used for e mail or access to the Internet However faxes might not be sent or received while the line is being used for these purposes e Extra phone An extra phone line can be connected to the fax line if the fax is to used for making outgoing calls Do not connect an answering machine or computer voicemail system to the fax line If the customer uses computer voicemail connect the external or internal modem to the dedicated phone line Then use the dedicated voice line to connect to the Internet and receive voicemail Solving problems with digital subscriber line DSL connections 231 Note Note Shared phone line If the product is connected to a phone line that is shared between fax calls and voice calls or if the phone line has two phone numbers assigned and uses a ring pattern service the following devices can be connected e Caller ID box e Modem An internal or external computer modem can be connected to the fax line if the fax line is to be used for e mail or access to the Internet However faxes might not be sent or received while the line is being used for these purposes e Phone Connect a phone to the shared phone line to make or answ
176. ieeeesieeeeetieeeeeeeaa 103 REQUIRE Bee EE 103 Before performing E E 103 After performing EE 104 Parts removal order e n iaaa aaa ie a aiia a aa Eaa ate a Ke OR eut 104 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one ice tite eee en tn ey Rada dex pen SEENEN 107 Link assemblies and scanner support frame springdes 107 Scanner side CoVets Zenner nia reae AER ER UE ue x dla Eua QUE NR A VAR RE RARE MERI Ra ELS 110 Separation pad BE 111 Control panel D6zel iste eeh dek eene ad En unto ua edle dg n a aa SNE 112 Control panel assembly esee dl 1S Media lever and media lever torsion epring em 114 Separation pad assemblv rennen nennen nennen 115 ENEE rn tte te cele eina adidas Legum edes oc ado p e sen AES 118 elle Ve 126 Topscover assembly n idet Finde Pert RO pese DE ese ED a a Ee tere Eb nec Dd devi 129 Pickup Re 130 White platen E 131 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all imn one nene 133 ART Tel 133 REI e le ET 134 Link assemblies and scanner support frame springdes 136 Control panel bezel eene neret nn nn nenne ttr sn sensn nennen 139 Control panel assembly cinesi A ba censa nennt ed gnata dunn LEI ADF separation pad it ert ai nt re n eei Fior eee rede ve CD E d ee ets 140 ADF input tray Tag 141 ADF pickup roler eee t 142 ADF scanner Oase eee e nennen AKKAN ENNEA ARAARA AENEAN 143 Scanner assembly esteem eee eee ae eae ha
177. ify that the guides are not adjusted too tightly or too loosely against the paper Check for broken or missing guides and replace as necessary Pages refeed into the ADF The media is damaged Make sure that the media Make sure that the media is not folded or torn and is flat not folded and that it meets weight that it meets specifications detailed in the HP specifications LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide The ADF feeds multiple sheets or jams frequently from the media input tray The media input tray guides are not adjusted Remove the document from the media input tray properly Straighten the item then reinsert it Slide the guides against the sides of the item to center it Make sure that the guides are not adjusted too tightly The media input tray is overfilled Remove some of the sheets The media input tray can hold up to 30 HP LaserJet 3015 or 50 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 pages depending on the thickness of the pages The item was too thick too slick or otherwise did Make sure that the media meets specifications not meet specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Use the flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 to make the scan or copy The ADF pickup roller is dirty or worn Clean or replace the ADF pickup roller See The ADF document feed guide is not installed Ensure that both sides of the ADF document feed properly guide are snapped in properly The ADF pickup
178. ify that the product is plugged in to a functional power cable switch No LEDs are lit and the display is blank source Verify that the power cable is functional and that the power switch is on Verify that FU101 on the power supply is not open also check FU102 if present See Main wiring If all of these conditions are correct replace the power supply See Power supply Printer motor does not rotate Verify that the print cartridge is present Verify that the product doors are closed Verify that media is loaded in the paper input tray See Loading media Verify that the printer path paper sensors are functional Verify that the wire harness from the ECU is seated into the motor connector Verify that the motor is correctly mounted to the product chassis If all of these conditions are correct replace the ECU See Engine controller unit If after replacing the ECU the printer motor still does not rotate replace the motor See Main motor Does the product achieve the ready state The motor rotates but the lights are not on The formatter is damaged or has a loose connection Verify that the formatter cables are properly connected If all cables are undamaged and seated correctly but the problem persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU 188 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Is the product ready The control panel should function without error messages Caus
179. ifying the control panel components Figure 2 3 ENWW This section provides details about the control panel components foco eeco 0000 0000 08600808 e CO e HP LaserJet 3015 all in one control panel 1 2 o E Fax controls Use the fax controls to send and receive faxes and to change commonly used fax settings See the fax guide for information about using the fax controls Alphanumeric buttons Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the product control panel display and to dial phone numbers for faxing For information about using alphanumeric buttons see the fax guide Menu and cancel controls Use these controls to select menu options determine the product status and cancel the current job Copy controls Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying Scan controls Use these controls to scan to e mail or to a folder Identifying the control panel components 31 Figure 2 4 HP LaserJet 3020 all in one control panel 1 Scan controls Use these controls to scan to e mail or to a folder Alphanumeric buttons Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the product control panel display 3 Menu and cancel controls Use these controls to select menu options determine the product status and cancel the current job 4 Copy controls Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying ee ere e e Q 00O
180. igation buttons on the control panel Selectable single or multiple sheet lever for the ADF HP LaserJet 3020 3030 all in one product Coupled charged device CCD 600 ppi 24 bit color scanner Letter A4 sized flatbed scanner glass 50 sheet automatic document feeder ADF feeds pages at up to 12 pages per minute ppm Status LEDs anumeric keypad and menu navigation buttons on the control panel the HP LaserJet 3020 has two status LEDs the HP LaserJet 3030 has three status LEDs The HP LaserJet 3020 does not have fax capabilities Product configurations 3 Product features 4 The HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products are designed to perform the following tasks e Print Print documents with HP LaserJet quality e Copy Make up to 99 laser quality copies of a 50 page original It also enlarges reduces and lightens darkens copies The HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 also collate copies e Scan Scan documents to create electronic text or graphics files e Fax Send and receive documents by using standard fax communications HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Overview of products Figure 1 2 Figure 1 2 ENWW Hardware components Use the following illustrations to identify the hardware components HP LaserJet 3015 all in one hardware components 1 of 2 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one hardware components 2 of 2 Automatic document feeder ADF input tray ADF
181. in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written description of the problem and print samples or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANT IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Extended warranty In most countries regions HP Care Pack provides additional coverage beyond standard warranty for the HP device and for all HP supplied internal components This hardware ma
182. inches Print cartridge 30 8 mm 1 21 inches Print cartridge 37 7 mm H A8 Zeen Fuser Fixing assembly 41 0 mm 1 61 inches Transfer roller 46 3 mm 1 82 inches Paper pick up assembly 55 2 mm 2 17 inches Fuser Fixing assembly 56 5 mm 2 22 inches gt de SC Oo e beggen EE O M E Print cartridge 76 3 mm 3 00 inches Figure 6 1 Repetitive image defect ruler Note The repetitive image defect ruler is for reference only and may not display or print to exact scale Use a measuring device to determine the spacing between repeating image defects 222 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Solving paper feed problems CAUTION CAUTION Figure 6 2 ENWW Use the information in this section to solve problems that are related to moving paper or documents through the product Always try to remove a jam in the direction that the media feeds through the printer If the problem occurs when copying or scanning see Solving scanning copying image quality problems Jams occur in the printer Occasionally media becomes jammed during a print job Try the following remedies before you attempt to clear the jam e Make sure that the media meets specifications e Make sure that the media is not wrinkled folded or damaged e Make sure that the product is clean See Cleaning the product e Make sure that the input trays are loaded properly and are not too full See
183. ing HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only ENWW Recommended action Call the recipient to ensure that their fax machine is on and ready Check that you are dialing the correct fax number Check that the redial option is enabled See Control panel menu structure Unplug the telephone cord from both the product and the wall and replug the cord Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall plug in a telephone and try making a call Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line Update the firmware See Updating the firmware code If the error persists replace the formatter See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Allow the product to retry sending the fax Call the recipient to ensure that their fax machine is on and ready Check that you are dialing the correct fax number After the device stops trying to redial do the following Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall plug in a telephone and try making a call Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line Try a different phone cord Update the firmware See Updating the firmware code If the error persists replace the LIU See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Control panel messages 199 Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message No fax detected HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only No fax pages to reprint HP LaserJet 3015 and 3
184. intenance can uplift the standard warranty for example from next day to same day service and or extend it up to 5 years HP Care Pack can also provide Express Exchange or onsite service For more information see the support flyer that came with your device for the appropriate phone numbers and information ENWW Extended warranty 17 Print cartridge information The print cartridge is designed to simplify replacement of the major consumable parts The print cartridge contains the printing mechanism and a supply of toner At 5 percent page coverage a standard print cartridge will print approximately 2 000 pages As the percentage of toner coverage on the page increases the number of pages that can be printed from a standard print cartridge decreases These estimates are only approximate usage conditions and print patterns can cause results to vary Refilled print cartridges While Hewlett Packard does not prohibit the use of refilled print cartridges during the warranty period or while the product is under a maintenance contract it is not recommended for the following reasons e Repairs resulting from the use of refilled cartridges are not covered under Hewlett Packard warranty or maintenance contracts e Hewlett Packard has no control or process to ensure that a refilled cartridge functions at the high level of reliability of a new HP LaserJet toner cartridge Hewlett Packard also cannot predict the long term reliability effect on the p
185. ion but it has detected that the remote machine is not able to receive a document This error should be rare because a remote machine normally will not answer if it cannot receive a document An exception is if the remote machine is configured for poll transmission but is unable to receive The remote machine cannot support a fax reception at any speed or modulation that the product supports The remote machine cannot support a fax reception at the page width that the product selected Confirm that the remote fax machine is ready to receive a document and attempt to send the fax again Attempt to send the fax again when the line is no longer busy Ask the remote user to enable remote diagnostics on the remote machine No solution Remote diagnostics cannot occur between machines that have incompatible remote diagnostic versions Configure the remote machine for reception Typically the remote user configures the remote machine which can include loading paper clearing jams and clearing other System abnormalities ENWW Table 6 5 Fax send codes continued The product has attempted to initiate Ask the remote user to enable the BFT a binary file transfer BFT but has capability on the remote machine if it is detected that the remote machine supported does not support this mode of operation Retransmit the document as a normal fax rather than attempting a BFT transfer The product is set up to initiate
186. ion LIU installed Default media Date format size Argentina USA Letter Letter dm lampm 266 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 6 9 System settings continued Country region Bulgaria Canada China Croatia Czech Republic Denmark Finland France Germany Greece Hong Kong SAR Hungary India Indonesia Ireland Israel Italy Korea Luxemburg Malaysia Mexico Netherlands New Zealand Norway Pakistan Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Romania Russia Singapore LIU installed Default media Date format Time format size 24 hour USA am pm 24 hour am pm am pm am pm 24 hour 24 hour 24 hour 24 hour am pm Service mode functions 267 Table 6 9 System settings continued Country region LIU installed Default media Date format size The default media size setting that is listed is the same for the printer input trays and the fax glass size setting Printer job language PJL software commands Many PJL scripts are available for restoring parameters such as paper size and page counts after the formatter has been replaced For comprehensive instructions see the Printer Job Language Technical Manual and the Printer Job Language Technical Manual Addendum 268 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW
187. ion between the high voltage transient prone environment of the telephone network TNV telephone network voltage and the low voltage analog and digital circuitry of the formatter SELV secondary extra low voltage This safety isolation provides both customer safety and product reliability in the telecom environment Any signals that cross the isolation barrier do so either optically or magnetically The breakdown voltage rating of barrier critical components is greater than 1 5 kV Safety protection circuitry In addition to the safety barrier the LIU protects against RING and over current events Telephone over voltages can be either differential mode or common mode The RING can be transient in nature a lightning induced surge or ESD or continuous a power line crossed with a phone line The LIU protection circuitry provides margin against combinations of RING events Common mode protection is provided by the selection of high voltage barrier critical components transformer relay and optoisolators The safety barrier of the LIU PCB traces and the clearance between the LIU and surrounding components also contribute to common mode protection A voltage suppressor a crowbar type SIDACTOR provides differential protection This device becomes low impedance at approximately 300 V differential and crowbars to a low voltage A series thermal switch works in conjunction with the crowbar for continuous RING events such as crossed power
188. ions HP LaserJet 3015 all in one Major components 1 2 Figure 6 22 Guide assembly Frame assembly ENWW 272 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Figure 6 23 Main parts 1 Pickup roller 2 Separation pad assembly ENWW Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 273 Figure 6 24 Sensors and motors Document sensor Document top sensor Scanner assembly motor Contact image sensor BROWN A 274 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW lt gt Figure 6 25 PCBs 1 Document sensor PCB 2 Grounding connector PCB 3 CIS filter PCB 4 Document top sensor PCB ENWW Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 275 Component locations HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one EK Figure 6 26 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 components ADF motor cover under the ADF lid ADF input tray Flatbed scanner lid and ADF output bin ADF solar lock hinge locking clip Flatbed with glass CCD scanner assembly Scanner bed Control panel assembly ADF assembly includes the ADF lid ADF pickup roller and ADF separation pad assembly OMANDABRWHND 276 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base Figure 6 27 Major components 1 Fuser assembly 2 Paper pickup assembly ENWW Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base 277 Figure 6 2
189. kup roller assembly 5 of 9 64 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW fall out 6 To check for proper installation lift the green lever until it remains in the open position The new pickup roller assembly should be secured to the lever assembly and should not Figure 3 37 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 6 of 9 7 Make sure that both sides of the assembly are secured by the green hooks Figure 3 38 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 7 of 9 8 Lower the green lever assembly and close the ADF lid Reinstall the input tray Figure 3 39 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 8 of 9 Note If you are experiencing jams in the ADF see Troubleshooting 9 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Figure 3 40 Replacing the ADF pickup roller assembly 9 of 9 ENWW User replaceable parts 65 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF separation pad CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality or paper pickup problems 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and unplug the power cord 2 Open the ADF cover and lift up the ADF pickup roller assembly Use a 8 torx screwdriver to remove two torx screws callout 1 and remove the separation pad assembly CAUTION When installing the replacement pad be careful not to bend or break the retainer
190. l panel menu to create a new group Press CANCEL if you do not want to program the one touch or speed dial Clear the jam see Solving paper feed problems The job should continue to print If it does not try reprinting the job If media jams frequently see Maintenance Load media If media is already loaded remove it Check for and remove any jam see Solving paper feed problems and then reload the stack of media in the media input tray Wait until the computer scan has finished or cancel the scan from the computer software or press CANCEL ENWW Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Scanning error The product cannot transmit scan Make sure that the connection information to a computer cable is not loose or damaged Replace the cable if necessary and try the scan again Settings cleared None The product has cleared job Re enter any appropriate job settings settings Critical error messages Cannot connect Critical error messages can indicate some kind of failure Cycling the power might fix the problem If a critical error persists the product might require service Table 6 2 Critical error messages Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message The product has experienced an Turn off the power switch wait at internal hardware error least 20 minutes and
191. l the roller up and out of the product Figure 5 95 Remove the printer pickup roller 3 of 5 4 Circular and rectangular pegs on each side of the pickup roller fit into corresponding slots on the pickup roller mounting frame to prevent the roller from being incorrectly installed Position the replacement pickup roller in the slots on the pickup roller frame Figure 5 96 Remove the printer pickup roller 4 of 5 ENWW Printer product base 157 5 Rotate the top of the pickup roller into position until the white tabs on each side of the roller snap into place Figure 5 97 Remove the printer pickup roller 5 of 5 Media input tray 1 Open the media input tray lid Figure 5 98 Remove the media input tray 1 of 3 158 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Slide the adjustable media guides callout 1 to the center of the tray Figure 5 99 Remove the media input tray 2 of 3 3 Depress the pickup tray locking tabs callout 2 to release the media input tray and then pull it out and away from the product Figure 5 100 Remove the media input tray 3 of 3 Transfer roller CAUTION Do not touch the black sponge portion of the transfer roller Skin oils deposited on the transfer roller might cause print quality problems Be very careful not to break the paper guide that is removed during replacement of the transfer roller Because the paper guide is not a FRU the entire printer will have to be replace
192. lence Number of all the devices does not exceed five 5 0 The standard connecting arrangement code telephone jack type for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is CA11A IC CS 03 requirements 23 Declaration of Conformity Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 products Regulatory Model Number LJ 3015 BOISB 707 00 LJ 30203 BOISB 0306 00 LJ 30303 BOISB 0306 01 Product Options All conforms to the following Product Specifications Safety IEC 60950 1999 EN 60950 2000 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 1996 A2 2001 EN 60825 1 1994 A11 1996 A2 2001 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 1995 EMC CISPR 22 1998 EN 55022 1998 Class B EN 61000 3 2 1995 A14 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 EN 55024 1998 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B ICES 003 Issue 3 GB9254 1998 Telecom TBR 21 1998 EG 201 121 1998 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC the R amp TTE Directive 1995 5 EC Annex II and carries the CE Marking accordingly The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Ope
193. lines When the differential RING is continuous the resulting over current causes the thermal switch to become high impedance disconnecting RING from the network and protecting the crowbar from thermal overload The thermal switch automatically resets to low impedance after the over current condition is removed reconnecting RING to the network Data path The magnetically coupled signals that cross the isolation barrier go either through a transformer or a relay The TIP and RING signals use a transformer to cross the isolation barrier TIP and RING are the two wire paths for all signals from the telephone network All signaling and data information comes across them including fax tones and fax data The telephone network uses dc current to determine the hook state of the telephone so line current must be present during a call On some line interfaces this current flows through the transformer but on the LIU a capacitor blocks the current from going into the transformer Fax functions and operation HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 97 Blocking the current with a capacitor prevents the core of the transformer from being saturated by the high dc voltage which can affect the ac signal quality Rather than permitting the current to flow through the transformer this LIU directs the current through another circuit called a gyrator or dc hold circuit This creates the path for the central office current flow when a call is in progress Hook
194. link assemblies are disengaged the scanner assembly can easily fall off of the product base if it is rotated too far towards the back of the product Do not push too hard on the link tabs or the tabs might break Remove the scanner assembly 11 of 15 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 123 12 Use one of the following three separate methods to support the scanner assembly so that it does not fall off of the product base e A Use the HP scanner support tool part number 5185 7441 Note Remove the left side link before using the support tool e BRestthe scanner assembly against a wall e C Rest the scanner assembly against your chest Figure 5 35 Remove the scanner assembly 12 of 15 124 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 13 Remove one screw callout 6 Carefully remove the grounding shield callout 7 from the wire loom Feed the two FFCs and the wire harness through the hole in the chassis and remove them from the wire loom eee I Figure 5 36 Remove the scanner assembly 13 of 15 Hint To remove the grounding shield easily insert the shaft of a long flat blade screwdriver under the shield at the edge of the chassis Pull up on the screwdriver shaft to release the shield and then remove the shield from the wire loom Figure 5 37 Remove the scanner assembly 14 of 15 ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 125 14 Rotate the scanner assembly toward the rear of the product until the
195. ll Gee nines 145 Printer product base 153 Printer Separation fe e DEE 154 Print CANA GC X NETE the dvaeane sti tk cedd isk tiie 154 Printer pickup POMC EE 156 Media input ra 158 Transfer toller orte e irr eee eae Add ENEE IEEE CEDE 159 Printer side Covers DI Printcartridge COO li ERE Los Rear cover and user Cover 164 Reine 165 Installing the scanner cushions teeter ee eette eee tnee eee taeeeeeeenneeeeeteeeeetnaeeeeetaa 167 speaker assembly eee e e eene eta Pee ebd e eve eeu de 168 Power Supp 169 Formatter and line interface unit LIU m 171 Scanner Support frame ssssssssssssssssssssseeseeee nennen nnn n nnne E EEEE EEEE 175 s IER ege ELENG 101 Laser scanner assembly E EEN 181 Maini Oto EE 182 FUSOeE cu hee tene ee in Fe oe eee ee a e date ons eats ns gta reas en cen tet coeds 184 Paper pickup assembly sss nennen nennen nnne nnns 186 102 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Removal and replacement strategy WARNING CAUTION CAUTION Note Hint CAUTION ENWW This chapter documents the removal and replacement of field replaceable parts FRUs only Reinstallation is generally the reverse of removal Occasionally notes and hints are included to provide directions for difficult or critical replacement procedures Unplug the power cord from the power outlet at the wall receptacle before attempting to service the product It this warning is not followed severe injury can result
196. ly 110 127 V Table 7 3 on page 311 Power supply assembly 220 240 V Table 7 3 on page 311 Scanner base frame assembly scanner support RL1 0375 000CN Table 7 3 on page 291 frame Scanner control panel overlay Portuguese Scanner control panel overlay Slovak Q2669 00014 Table 7 3 on page 291 Scanner control panel overlay Spanish Q2669 00004 Table 7 3 on page 291 ENWW Alphabetical parts list 323 Table 7 4 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Table and page mes MN Scanner cover right RC1 2559 000CN Table 7 3 on page 291 convert Screw tap BH3X8 XA9 1503 000CN Table 7 3 on page 317 Screw tap M4X10 XB4 5401 009CN Table 7 3 on page 291 324 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 4 Alphabetical parts list continued Screw tap M4X10 Table 7 3 on page 293 Screw tap M4X10 Table 7 3 on page 295 Screw tap M4X10 Table 7 3 on page 311 Screw tap M4X10 Table 7 3 on page 317 Screw w washer M3X6 Table 7 3 on page 293 Screw w washer M3X6 Table 7 3 on page 295 Screw w washer M3X6 Table 7 3 on page 311 Screw w washer M3X6 Table 7 3 on page 319 Separation pad Table 7 3 on page 301 Separation pad assembly printer Table 7 3 on page 311 Speaker assembly Table 7 3 on page 315 Transfer roller assembly Table 7 3 on page 311 US WW LIU Line interface unit Table 7 3 on page 305 ENWW Alphabetical parts list 325 Numerical parts list Table 7 5 Numerical parts list Part number Table and page 7121 8
197. m 80 print cartridges 84 sequences 71 troubleshooting image formation 235 optical system operations HP LaserJet 3015 91 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 93 optimizing feature 38 order of operations 71 removing and replacing parts 104 troubleshooting steps 188 ordering parts and supplies 282 originals to copy or scan ADF media supported 43 loading 44 Out of range error message 200 output bins See bins overcurrent overvoltage protection 81 overhead transparencies cleaning print path with 50 loading 39 43 overlay control panel See bezel control panel P Page Protect 77 Page too complex error message 200 pages per minute ADF 3 printing 2 8 panels removing See covers removing paper ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3015 88 ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 94 breaking reams 227 curl troubleshooting 214 226 feed system operations 84 fuser modes 37 ENWW loading 43 size maximum 9 10 size minimum 8 10 specifications 37 39 storing 226 troubleshooting 39 weight 9 11 paper delivery sensor PS803 85 paper feed problems troubleshooting copier scanner 229 printer 225 paper guides cleaning 210 troubleshooting 229 paper jams ADF 227 230 clearing 223 detection operations 85 detection operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 95 error messages 200 multifeeds 227 output bin 225 preventing 43 paper lift plate 84 paper path ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 95 cleaning 50 paper top sensor
198. mation The original is on colored paper If the original is on colored paper including brown recycled paper the text might not be clear Try adjusting the resolution contrast and brightness settings from the HP Toolbox There is a problem with the scanner assembly Replace the scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 Scanner assembly 220 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Images are scanning at a reduced size AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc The HP software settings are set to reduce the 1 Adjust the settings from the HP Toolbox sca ned image 2 Adjust the settings in the HP LaserJet Scan software Large amounts of toner are scattered around the characters The media resistivity is too high Use a different media type Make sure that the media meets specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Turn the stack of media over and put it back in the tray Use media that is designed for laser printers ENWW Solving scanning copying image quality problems 221 Repetitive image defect ruler Use the repetitive image defect ruler to help solve image quality problems Place the top line on the ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page Find the mark that points to the next instance of the defect to identify the component that is causing the defect First occurrence of print defect 0 00
199. mbly 110 127 V RM1 0862 000CN Fuser fixing assy assembly 220 240 V RM1 0863 000CN Screw w washer M3X6 XB2 8300 909CN ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base 319 Alphabetical parts list Table 7 4 Alphabetical parts list Description Table and page 3015 English bezel Q2669 40002 Table 7 3 on page 291 3015 20 30 print engineP replacement 110 V Q2665 67001 Table 7 3 on page 305 3015 20 30 print engineP er replacement 220 V Q2665 67002 Table 7 3 on page 305 3020 bezel Arabic Q2665 40033 Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Czech Q2665 40027 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Danish Q2665 40022 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Dutch Q2665 40023 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Finnish 3020 bezel French Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel German Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Greek Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Hebrew Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Hungarian Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Italian Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Korean Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Norwegian Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Polish Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Portuguese Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Russian Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Simplified Chinese Q2665 40037 Table 7 3 on page 302 3020 bezel Slovak Q2665 40031 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Spanish Q2665 40021 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Swedish Q2665 40026 Table 7 3 on page 301 3020 bezel Swiss German Q2665 40042 Tabl
200. ment ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one This section documents removal and replacement instructions for components that are unique to the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 product Note The scanner assembly might be contaminated if it is opened outside of a cleanroom environment For this reason the entire scanner assembly is replaceable only as a unit Replacing the scanner assembly as an entire assembly replaces the CIS or CCD scan module the CCD scan motor and the cable If the ADF fails it too is replaceable only as an entire assembly Replacing the ADF replaces the ADF cable and other ADF submechanisms ADF input tray Fisted lid HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner assembly Link assemblies and scanner support frame springs Control panel bezel Control panel assembly Separation pad assembly ADF input tray flag Pickup roller assembly ADF glass Figure 5 51 Parts removal order HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner assembly ADF input tray 1 Open the ADF lid and grasp the ADF input tray Rotate the paper tray up and pull it away from the ADF Figure 5 52 Remove the ADF input tray ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 133 Flatbed lid 1 Open the ADF cover Carefully pry the ADF motor cover off from right to left and away from the scanner assembly Figure 5 53 Remove the flatbed lid 1 of 5 Reinstallation tip When the ADF motor cover is reinstalled make sure it is positioned correctly If the mo
201. minimum 207 product specifications 8 scanned images 221 space requirements 30 skew copies or scans troubleshooting 230 printed pages troubleshooting 213 217 specifications 12 smears toner 210 soft reset 265 software installation troubleshooting 191 ordering 282 supported 3 Index 343 solenoid SLOO1 84 86 space requirements 30 speaker assembly part number 315 removing 168 specifications ADF 9 11 battery 14 card stock and heavy media 41 copier 9 11 envelopes 40 features 2 labels 40 media 37 physical 8 printer 8 10 scanner 9 11 skew 12 space requirements 30 specks toner 208 214 speed ADF 3 copy 9 11 data transfer 77 fax 10 13 modem 10 13 print 8 10 printing 2 processor 75 speed dial report 241 spots printed pages 208 214 scanned images 220 spring compression HP LaserJet 3015 291 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 299 stages image formation 83 235 operation sequence 71 stall jams ADF 95 standby power specifications 12 star screws 284 startup messages 75 statements Australian EMC 26 Declaration of Conformity 24 25 FCC Part 68 requirements 20 Finland laser 26 IC CS 03 requirements 23 Korean EMI 26 laser safety 25 telephone consumer protection act 22 static eliminator operations 83 static precautions 103 stationary jams 86 STBY Standby period 73 stepping motor partnumber 311 344 Index storage environment specifications 8 stored fax pages 99 storing paper 226 streaks vertical black 219
202. mm 0 2 inch pages ENWW Product specifications 13 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one battery Table 1 9 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one battery Category Specification Battery material Polycarbon Monoflouride Lithium Battery type Button or coin cell battery Note The battery is permanently attached to the formatter and cannot be removed or replaced Weight Approximately 1 gram 0 04 ounce Battery manufacturers Rayovac of Madison Wisconsin USA and Panasonic of Secaucus New Jersey USA 14 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Warranty statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printers One year from date of purchase HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware accessories and supplies will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not exec
203. more than one page at a time replace the separation pad See Cleaning the printer pickup roller all models Note The following procedure requires a 2 Phillips screwdriver 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and unplug the power cord Figure 3 22 Replacing the printer separation pad 1 of 5 2 Atthe back of the product unscrew the two screws that fasten the separation pad and frame to the product Figure 3 23 Replacing the printer separation pad 2 of 5 ENWW User replaceable parts 59 3 Remove the separation pad and frame Figure 3 24 Replacing the printer separation pad 3 of 5 4 Insert the replacement separation pad and frame and fasten it to the product with the two screws Figure 3 25 Replacing the printer separation pad 4 of 5 5 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Figure 3 26 Replacing the printer separation pad 5 of 5 Printer main input tray all models 1 Open the media input tray lid 60 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW 2 Slide the adjustable media guides callout 1 to the center of the tray Figure 3 27 Remove the media input tray 1 of 2 3 Depress the tray locking tabs callout 2 and then remove the tray Figure 3 28 Remove the paper pickup tray 2 of 2 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF pickup roller WARNING The HP LaserJet 3015 ADF pickup roller is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel sh
204. mory will be printed During the fax job the memory filled All pages of the fax have to be in memory for a fax job to work correctly Only the pages that fit into memory were sent Recommended action Allow the product to retry sending the fax Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is turned on and ready Check that you are dialing the correct fax number Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing FAx SEND Make sure that the phone line is working by disconnecting the product plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line and try sending the fax again Try a different phone cord Update the firmware See Updating the firmware code If the error persists replace the LIU See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Print all of the faxes and have the sender resend the fax Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory see Deleting faxes from memory in the fax guide on the product CD Print all received faxes or wait until all pending faxes are sent Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory see Deleting faxes from memory in the fax guide on the product CD ENWW Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Fax recv error An error occurred while trying to Ask the sender to res
205. n pad set The separation pad assembly is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel should attempt to replace the separation pad assembly Figure 5 21 Remove the separation pad assembly 1 of 3 116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Rotate the separation pad assembly up until the keyed hinges can clear the hinge retainers Figure 5 22 Remove the separation pad assembly 2 of 3 4 Remove the separation pad assembly Figure 5 23 Remove the separation pad assembly 3 of 3 Reinstallation tip Make sure that the separation pad assembly compression spring is installed correctly and that the assembly can move freely ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 117 Scanner assembly 1 Rotate the automatic document feeder ADF input tray assembly toward the front of the product and then lift it up and off of the product Figure 5 24 Remove the scanner assembly 1 of 15 2 Squeeze the wire ADF output bin until the the ends of the wire clear the mounting holes in the scanner assembly Figure 5 25 Remove the scanner assembly 2 of 15 118 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Remove the right side cover mounting screw callout 1 Figure 5 26 Remove the scanner assembly 3 of 15 4 Release the upper back callout 2 Lem Figure 5 27 Remove the scanner assembly 4 of 15 ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 119 5 Release the bottom tab callout 3 Figure
206. nds The control panel test will be interrupted if it is not completed before communication occurs 1 Turn the product power on by using the power switch 2 Immediately press the gt and cauce buttons simultaneously 3 Press and hold down the gt and cance buttons until the message Passed MEM Test appears on the control panel display 4 Release the gt and cauce buttons 5 Press the menu enTer button to test the control panel display LEDs Continue to press menu ENTER until the message Scroll Check Press Enter To Pass appears on the control panel display 6 Press wENU ENTER again 7 The name of a control panel button will appear on the control panel display Press the corresponding button on the control panel Repeat this step until all of the control panel buttons have been tested The control panel test continues until all of the buttons have been tested or there is no activity at the control panel for about 20 seconds After testing all of the control panel buttons or when there is no activity at the control panel for about 20 seconds the product exits the test and continues the startup processes Half self test functional check The purpose of the half self test check is to determine which image formation process is malfunctioning The image formation process can be subdivided into the following stages e conditioning stage charges the drum e writing stage writes a latent image to the drum with the laser e
207. ne from the resent pages if the problems with the previously received pages have been corrected The remote machine has attempted to initiate a remote diagnostic session with this machine even though remote diagnostic access is locally disabled The remote machine has attempted to initiate a remote diagnostic session with this machine but the remote diagnostic versions that the two machines support are incompatible The remote machine has attempted to initiate a fax session at a speed and modulation that the product does not support The remote machine has attempted to initiate a poll transmission from the product even though the product is not configured for poll transmission The remote machine has attempted to initiate a secure poll transmission from the product but has not provided a valid password The remote machine has attempted to initiate an operation that requires error correction but has not selected error correction for the session The remote machine has attempted to initiate a transmission to the product even though the ability to receive is disabled at the product Attempt to receive the fax again after telephone line conditions have improved Enable the remote diagnostics capability on the product None Remote diagnostics cannot occur between machines that have incompatible remote diagnostic versions Reconfigure the product to receive at a slower speed Confirm that the remote user inten
208. neeememeenen rennen ener rennen eren 96 Fax page storage in flash memory sssssssseeeee enne 99 69 Basic functions all models This chapter presents a functional overview of the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products The following systems are discussed e printer functions and operation engine controller unit ECU system power system laser scanner system image formation system paper feed system printer and document feed system document scanner e formatter functions e scanner and ADF functions and operation e fax functions and operation HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only The full product consists of the following components e the scanner and ADF e the HP LaserJet 3015 uses a fixed contact image scanner CIS e the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 use a flatbed charged coupled device CCD e the printer e the formatter e the line interface unit LIU HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Each of these systems brings its own characteristic functionality to the product scanning printing and telecommunications HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only respectively These systems interact to provide copying and faxing capability only the HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 have faxing capability e The scanner and printer work together to make copies e The scanner and LIU work together to send faxes HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only e The LIU and printer work together to receive faxes HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030
209. ner assembly as an entire assembly replaces the CIS or CCD scan module the CCD scan motor and the cable If the ADF fails it too is replaceable only as an entire assembly Replacing the ADF replaces the ADF cable and other ADF submechanisms HP LaserJet 3015 scanner top HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 scanner top HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer base HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 products 1 Product number Q2669A HP LaserJet 3015 2 Product number Q2665A HP LaserJet 3020 Q2666A HP LaserJet 3030 3 The printer product base does not have a product number but is similar to product number Q2460A HP LaserJet 1010 104 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Figure 5 2 Note Figure 5 3 ENWW Scanner side covers SCH SR pad set not the entire assembly SUR assemblies and scanner support frame springs HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly Scanner assembly top cover Top cover assembly Pickup roller White platen Control panel bezel l Control panel assembly Media lever and torsion spring Separation pad assembly Parts removal order for the HP LaserJet 3015 all in one The separation pad set and the separation pad assembly are two different assemblies The separation pad set consists of the pad clear plastic sheet and the pad cover The separation pad set is a user replaceable assembly The separation pad assembly consists of the separation lever tension spring feed arm and th
210. ness connector callout 1 and remove one screw callout 2 Figure 5 141 Remove the main motor 1 of 2 3 Remove one screw callout 3 and remove the main motor Figure 5 142 Remove the main motor 2 of 2 ENWW Printer product base 183 Fuser 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly e Left cover See Printer side covers e Rear cover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover e Print cartridge door See Print cartridge door e Front cover See Front cover e Scanner support frame and chassis reinforcement plate See Scanner support frame 2 Disconnect cables from near the top of the engine power assembly and disconnect the large grounding wire from the back of the printer Disengage the wire harnesses from the wire retainers to release the fuser assembly 4 Remove three screws callout 1 this figure shows the delivery sensor PCB removed which is not necessary om Figure 5 143 Remove the fuser assembly 1 of 2 184 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Lift the fuser assembly at the right and remove the fuser assembly Figure 5 144 Remove the fuser assembly 2 of 2 CAUTION A plastic tab on the left side of the fuser assembly see Figure 5 145 Fragile tab on fuser assembly fits into the sheet metal When installing the fuser assembly av
211. ng figure Figure 5 41 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 3 of 4 5 Lift up on the scanner assembly top cover to separate it from the base frame assembly CAUTION Separating the scanner assembly top cover from the base frame assembly might require considerable force Be careful to not damage or drop either assembly when they separate Figure 5 42 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 4 of 4 128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Reinstallation tip When installing the scanner assembly top cover verify that the two tabs callout 4 along the front bottom edge of the assembly fit into the corresponding slots in the base frame callout 5 When installing the scanner assembly top cover verify that the FFCs and wire harnesses are clear and will not be pinched by the assembly Figure 5 43 Reinstalling the scanner assembly top cover Figure 5 44 Align the scanner assembly top cover and base Top cover assembly 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly See Scanner assembly e Scanner assembly top cover See Scanner assembly top cover ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 129 2 Rotate the top cover assembly callout 1 away from the frame assembly callout 2 Figure 5 45 Remove the top cover assembly 1 of 2 3 Pull the left end hinge out of the slot in the frame assembly and slide the top cover to the left until the right side hinge clears the hole in the f
212. nna e Increase separation between equipment and receiver e Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located e Consult your dealer or an experienced radio TV technician Any changes or modifications to the product that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules FCC Part 68 Requirements United States This equipment complies with FCC rules Part 68 On the back of this equipment is a label that contains among other information the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number REN for this equipment If requested this information must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of the RENS should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line as determined by the total RENs contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area This equipment uses the following USOC jack RJ11C Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW ENWW An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment This equipment
213. nnno 6a 0009 69 NSF 0009 69 cst 0009 69 DIS 0010 53 0010 64 DOLO 64 CFR 0010 65 0028 35 0028 90 0028 91 MCF 0028 92 0036 62 0037 17 0037 17 MCF 0037 56 0037 56 ONHOOK Time 8 31 00M Local vg PHASLS PHASE4 PL MSG PPS_NUL PC MSG PPS EOP DCN Uy invent Type Identification Duration Pages Result Receive 22 555 9999 0 39 i Up Remote Signal Detail vid ff 03 20 ad 00 36 04 00 00 00 00 vid ff 03 40 31 31 31 31 20 35 35 35 20 32 32 32 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 222 555 1111 vad tf 13 80 20 c2 IR cA HU 92 80 BO 80 00 n mh mr mr std fine 200 dpi Merrit pret yes 215mm unlimited 0 qs colar ne nh SC va va4 15 dBm ff Q3 43 39 39 39 39 2 35 35 W 20 32 32 32 20 70 20 20 20 20 70 20 id 222 555 9999 f 3 83 00 42 f amp c4 80 80 80 80 80 00 n mmr r8x7 7 linm fine yes 256 215mm unlimited D ms 15 dam symb 3 16 dm 256 frames 0 err rcp eqme v34 15 d m tf 13 bf 00 00 00 Ff v34 ff 13 8c 34 33 6 15 dBm symb 3429 vM DE 16 dam 95 frames err rcp eam 5 vid 15 dim ff 13 hf 2f 00 DI Se yaa ff 13 c v34 15 dBm ff 13 fb Example of a T 30 trace of a successfully received fax Troubleshooting tools 261 Service mode functions Note Use the following information to perform system wide reset procedures and to adjust certain global settings such as the country region Users do not have access to this information Secondar
214. nsparencies cleaning print path with 50 loading 43 specifications 39 trays ADF input removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 133 ADF input replacing 62 empty error messages 200 feeding problems 227 included 2 loading 43 locating 5 media supported 37 paper feed system 84 partnumbers 305 307 removing 158 replacing main input 60 troubleshooting ADF copying 190 ADF feeding problems 229 ADF jams 227 basic steps 188 characters partially printed 208 212 contrast copies orscans 218 control panel 189 235 copier feeding problems 229 copy quality 216 copying 190 country region settings 264 critical error messages 201 curled pages 214 226 dots or streaks inscans 220 drum rotation 237 DSL lines 231 error messages control panel 193 event log codes 204 fax error correction mode ECM 242 fax receive codes 243 fax reports 241 fax send codes 248 fax T 30 protocol trace report 242 254 faxing 190 feeding problems 225 gray background 209 half self test functional check 235 high voltage contacts 238 image formation 235 ENWW image quality 206 jams 223 lights printer control panel 188 loose toner 211 media problems 39 multifeeds 227 NVRAM init 265 power 188 printing 191 207 repetitive defects 212 222 scanned text 220 scanner feeding problems 229 scanning 192 scanning quality 216 secondary service menu 262 skewed printed pages 213 softreset 265 software installation 191 toner scatt
215. nstration page or menu structure 241 Printing all fax reports at once HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 241 T 30 protocol trace HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only sessss 241 Service mode functions 0 2 eee eee etter eer etree ree nennen nennen nennen nennen 262 Secondary service MON EE 262 Developer s menu sssssssssssssessssseeeeer eren enne neet enin nter en sre n nenne nnns nnns nene EEEE 263 Adjusting the country region code parameterg eme 264 SM 265 Mie 265 System settings for localized poroducts eee 266 Printer job language PJL software Commande seen 268 Maln WINN aL 269 Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 all in one nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnrnrnnsesesesrsesesesennn 272 Component locations HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 allm one sess 276 Component locations HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 printer product base 277 ENWW ENWW 7 Parts and diagrams Ordering parts and supplies cee eeeeeceee cee ce eee eeeeeeeeeedseaaaaaecaeeeeeeeeeeesessecsancaaeeeeeeeeeess 282 Parts Ee TEE 282 auc 282 World wide customer support 282 ACCOSSOMNIOS iti PP 284 Beileed LCE 284 How to use the parts lists and diagrams ssss ee 285 HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly ssssssssssse
216. nt paths riot rien anna a aaa aaa aeaa danaa aiT 50 Cleaning the glass iini ner ONE o pace 50 Cleaning the printcartridge area cet retur teen eco are e REX d ERR ex 54 To cleaning the print cartridge area all models sene 54 Cleaning the printer pickup roller all models 55 Cleaning the printer separation pad all model 56 User replaceable paints tne aeg nnn ehe daa deeg NC EUM EN nada 57 Printer pickup roller all models essem 57 Printer separation pad all model 59 Printer main input tray all models eem 60 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF pickup roller A 61 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF separation pad eet 62 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF input Iran 62 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF output bim 63 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF pickup roller sess 63 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF separation Dad 66 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 control panel bezel sss 66 47 Life expectancies of parts that wear Inspect any parts that wear when servicing the product Replace them as needed based on failure or wear rather than on usage The following table lists approximate schedules for replacing confusables Table 3 1 Life expectancies of parts that wear Print cartridge user Q2612A 2 000 pages at 5 When print becomes replaceable percent toner coverage faint redistribute toner in the cartridge by gently shaking the cartridge from side to side
217. ntrol unit Printer functions all models 81 Figure 4 5 This circuit also controls the image density by changing the primary ac voltage and the developing ac bias according to the print density setting which is set by using the HP Toolbox High voltage is disabled when the print cartridge door is open The following Figure 4 5 High voltage power supply circuit figure shows this process Engine controller PCB Power supply PCB NE E WER High voltage power supply circuit Ganz b og CPU i Primary charging bias circuit PRPWM IC301 DC voltage 1J902 10 J201 14 gt generation 9 l circuit l FA i Combined PRI ens e a ec PRAC 1 Can Cam J902 9 J201 15 AC voltage SC eneration i circuit Photosensitive zk 1 J303 drum E i ft b i Developing bias circui i i ping bias circuit i DC voltage E generation i roller circuit vis SE H DEV J301 i Combined d DVAC no i luos J20136 AC voltage 4 i generation i circuit E E Transfer charging bias circuit J902 6 J201 18 Positive voltage generation circuit i Transfer TRS J302 charging i 1 n TRNDC 1902 7 J201 17 H Negative voltage i TRCRNT IC501 generation circuit J902 2 J201
218. o match the media that you are using The following are the media types that the product supports and the associated fuser mode Table 2 2 Supported media types Cardstock 105 to 176 g m Note Narrow and heavy media can cause the printer to print more slowly ENWW Product media specifications 37 Automatic document feeder ADF specifications HP LaserJet 3015 product e Input capacity The ADF holds up to 30 sheets of flat 16 Ib copier grade paper e Media weight See HP LaserJet 3015 performance specifications e Media size Use copier grade paper that is within the following size ranges only e Minimum 74 by 105 mm 2 9 by 4 1 inches e Maximum 215 9 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 e Input capacity The ADF holds up to 50 sheets of flat 16 Ib copier grade paper e Media weight See HP LaserJet 3020 3030 performance specifications e Media size Use copier grade paper that is within the following size ranges only e Minimum 127 by 127 mm 5 by 5 inches e Maximum 215 9 by 381 mm 8 5 by 15 inches To gain access to the optimizing feature You can gain access to the optimizing feature on the Paper tab or the Paper Quality tab in the device properties printer driver Note Printing speeds might vary depending on the type and size of media used You might need to change the setting again to optimize for the type of media on which you normally print 38 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW Guidelin
219. o receive the fax Confirm that the remote caller is a fax machine and not a voice call Typically the remote user must inform the caller that the fax session failed If the remote machine ends the call just as the product starts receiving reduce the ring count after which the product answers Or suggest that the remote user manually dial to the product and then manually start the fax session by pressing Start after fax tones have been heard from the product Confirm that the remote user is not inadvertently attempting a poll transmission from the product instead of transmitting to the product Reconfigure the local fax machine to use different configuration settings change ECM to the opposite of the current setting and or select a slower reception speed Attempt to receive the fax again after telephone line conditions have improved Or Set the ECM to Off Errors might still occur which might result in degraded image quality on the received page However the ability to receive the entire document will be improved Troubleshooting tools 243 Table 6 4 Fax receive codes continued 244 Chapter6 Troubleshooting The product has received one or more pages that contain excessive errors This is usually caused by extremely poor line conditions Because the ECM is not used during this session errors are not corrected Some non HP machines might try to resend the failed pages but it is impossible to determi
220. oid breaking this tab Note When replacing the fuser assembly be sure to transfer the delivery sensor PCB from the old fuser to the new one Figure 5 145 Fragile tab on fuser assembly ENWW Printer product base 185 Paper pickup assembly 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly For the HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly For the LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly e Left cover See Printer side covers e Rear cover and fuser cover See Rear cover and fuser cover e Print cartridge door See Print cartridge door e Front cover See Front cover e Transfer roller See Transfer roller e Fuser See Fuser 2 Unplug and remove any additional wire harnesses as necessary to release the paper pickup assembly Unplug and remove the wire from the solenoid to the formatter 3 Remove six screws callout 1 and remove the assembly Figure 5 146 Remove the paper pickup assembly 186 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Troubleshooting This chapter provides information about the following topics Basic troubleshooting sssssesssessseeeneene nennen ennemi nennen ener nens 188 Control panel messages EE 193 Alert and warning messages ree ce ncmpc rtu e Ru add ee eee evens e RR Rc ER 193 Critical error messages eere enne ede na Lega d er dea cda eph cepa ena dde opi 201 Everit log codes t ERR a ER d HR ERR E d urat aged ERES 204 Solving im
221. only The ECU controls the operation sequences of the printer The formatter controls the operation sequences of the LIU HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only and document scanner CONTROL PANEL I l l VJ ADF l l l l LASER SCANNER ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM l l l l l l l IMAGE FORMATION l l SYSTEM ECU C 3FORMATTER d LIU lt gt PAPER PICKUP FEED SYSTEM SCANNER l l Figure 4 1 Product configuration 70 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Basic sequence of operation The microprocessor CPU on the ECU controls the operation sequence of the printer The following events take place during normal printer operation Table 4 1 HP LaserJet 3015 basic sequence of operation WAIT After the product is turned on until REAbv appears on the control panel display READY From the end of the WAIT period until the user initiates action or a fax is received CALIBRATION From the time the copy scan or fax button is pressed until the STAGE period STAGE From the end of the CALIBRATION period until the SCAN period SCAN From the end of the brief pause during the STAGE period until the EJECT or following page STAGE period EJECT From the end of the SCAN period until the original document page is completely ejected from the scanner To perform the firmware initialization To keep the product ready to print co
222. ook monitor Offhook monitor Eavesdrop Test Signal Pwr Mon LIU test LIU inputs LIU ID Transmit test OFFHOOK ONHOOK DIAL NUMBER Note Several other options are available under this menu To gain access to the developer s menu 1 Make sure that the control panel display reads Ready 2 Press MENU ENTER 3 Press the and buttons simultaneously You can gain access to the developer s menu from any other menu by pressing the and buttons simultaneously Service mode functions 263 Note 4 Use the lt or gt button to navigate the developer s menu 5 To exit the developer s menu and remove it from the menu tree press cance to return to the Ready display and then press cauce again To adjust fax data store parameters When you adjust fax data store parameters the product does not alert you to incorrect input values Changing fax data store parameters can render the product illegal or inoperable Before adjusting the fax data store parameters you can print a list of all the parameters from the secondary service menu See To print a list of all the Fax data store parameters 1 On the developer s menu use the lt or gt button to navigate to RIW PARAMETER and then press MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to locate the parameter that you want to change The current setting appears on the control panel display 3 Type the new value for the fax data store parameter and then press MENU ENTE
223. ors This error does not result in the session being terminated Select a lower speed for the initial immediately Subsequent page transmission speed transmission can still occur and later pages might be received without error A defect exists in the remote fax Send to or receive from another fax machine machine ENWW Troubleshooting tools 249 Table 6 5 Fax send codes continued 344 348 349 353 ECM error 354 355 356 361 362 366 ECM error 367 372 373 377 ECM error 378 379 250 Chapter6 Troubleshooting The remote machine has failed to respond to a fax command from the product because the connection is interrupted Or The remote user has pressed the Stop button while the remote machine was receiving Or Under rare conditions incompatibility between the two machines can cause the remote machine to simply abandon the call The remote user has pressed the Stop button which caused the session to be aborted Or The remote machine has encountered a system problem such as no paper or a jam which has inhibited it from receiving any more pages and which has caused it to terminate the session prematurely Or The remote machine has encountered a feature incompatibility which caused it to terminate the session The remote machine is apparently stuck in the on mode The remote machine has failed to issue a valid response to a CTC frame This occurs during ECM
224. ot move Instead documents move past the CIS Irradiated light Standard white plate Document feed direction Scanning glass Light guide LED light emitter Rod lens array Sensor array light receiver Contact image sensor HP LaserJet 3015 optical system 1 of 2 The formatter controls the CIS To begin scanning the formatter sends a signal to the CIS The LEDs illuminate and the light passes through the light guide and scanning glass and strikes the document Light that the document reflects passes back through the scanning glass and rod lens array into the sensor array The sensor array consists of 5 148 photosensors 468 photosensors on each of 11 sensor driver circuits The sensor array collects and amplifies the reflected light and converts it into serial data in the driver circuits The CIS sends the data to the formatter for image formation HP LaserJet 3015 all in one unique components 91 LED red i Light LED green Light guide emitter I U I U U y Light receiver ee ee i Contact image sensor filter unit PCA CELA 7 pp el QM II CQ LM EI Formatter Figure 4 13 HP LaserJet 3015 optical system 2 of 2 92 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 303
225. ote Some modems have a second line port to connect to a dedicated voice line If you have two line ports see your modem documentation to make sure that you connect to the correct line port 6 To connect a caller ID box plug a telephone cord into the previous device s telephone port Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the caller ID box line port DESI 7 To connect an answering machine plug a telephone cord into the previous device s telephone port Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the answering machine line port ENWW Solving problems with digital subscriber line DSL connections 233 8 Toconnecta telephone plug a telephone cord into the previous device s telephone port Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the telephone line port 9 After you have finished connecting additional devices plug all of the devices into their power sources 234 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Functional checks Note Note ENWW Use the following procedures to help diagnose and solve problems that occur in the print engine Control panel test Perform this procedure as quickly as possible in order to complete the control panel check before the formatter begins communicating with the control panel The control panel test continues until all of the buttons have been tested or until the formatter attempts to communicate with the control panel after approximately 40 seco
226. ould attempt to replace the LJ 3015 pickup roller See Pickup roller in chapter 5 ENWW User replaceable parts 61 Note CAUTION Figure 3 29 HP LaserJet 3015 ADF separation pad set The separation pad set and the separation pad assembly are two different assemblies The separation pad set consists of the pad clear plastic sheet and the pad cover The separation pad set is a user replaceable assembly The separation pad assembly consists of the separation lever tension spring feed arm and the components of the separation pad set The separation pad assembly is not a user replaceable assembly Only trained service personnel should attempt to replace the separation pad assembly 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and unplug the power cord 2 Open the scanner top cover 3 Carefully push the replacement separation pad set onto the guide assembly Close the ADF lid When installing the replacement pad be careful not to bend or break the retainer clip pins Do not touch the grey separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints on the separation pad might cause paper feed problems Remove the separation pad 4 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product HP LaserJet 3015 ADF input tray 1 Rotate the ADF input tray toward the front of the product 62 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Figure 3 30 Figure 3 31 Figure 3 32 ENWW 2 Lift the tray up and off of the product
227. ove the printer pickup roller 1 of i e 156 Remove the printer pickup roller 2 oft 156 Remove the printer pickup roller 3 of i e 157 Remove the printer pickup roller 4 of 5 157 Remove the printer pickup roller 5 of 5 158 Remove the media input tray 1 of 3 een 158 Remove the media input tray 2 of 3 159 Remove the media input tray 3 of 3 159 Remove the transfer roller 1 of 3 sss 160 Remove the transfer roller 2 of 3 sss 160 Remove the transfer roller 3 of 3 see 161 Remove the printer side covers 1 of 3 161 Remove the printer side covers 2 of 3 162 Remove the printer side covers 2 of 3 162 Remove the printer side covers 3 of 3 163 Remove the print cartridge door 1 of 2 163 Remove the print cartridge door 2 of 2 164 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover 1 of 3 164 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover 2 of 3 sss 165 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover 3 of 3 165 Remove the front cover 1 of 3 emen 166 Remove the front cover 2 of 3 emen 166 Remove the front cover 3 of 3 sss emen 167 Front Cover locking tabs seer ote tie teret euo ED 167 Installing the scanner cusbions emm 168 Remove the speaker assembly 1 of 2 168 Remove the speaker assembly 2 of 2 169 Remove the power supply 1 of 3 sss 170 Remove the power supply 2 Of 3 170 Remove the power supply 3 Of 3
228. ower cord 1 8 meter 6 feet Common hardware The product has three common fasteners See Table 7 3 Common fasteners for a description of these screw types Table 7 3 Common fasteners Screw machine truss head 284 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 3 Common fasteners continued Screw star Screw torx Screw self tapping K How to use the parts lists and diagrams The figures in this chapter illustrate the major subassemblies in the product and their component parts A table material list follows each exploded assembly diagram Each table lists the reference designator the associated part number for the item and a description of the part Parts that have no reference designator or part number are not field replaceable units FRUs and cannot be ordered While looking for a part number pay careful attention to the voltage listed in the description column to make sure that the part number selected is for the correct product model Accessories 285 HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 Figure 7 1 ENWW 286 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams Scanner control panel assembly RK2 0232 000CN E Scanner tray delivery wire RC1 2560 000CN Not LJ3015 formatter Q2668 60001 1 shown HU TO order the line interface unit LIU or print cartridge see HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 printer base ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly 287 Figure 7 2 ADF input
229. p teen EEEN EEE EEE 75 Line interface unit HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only sse 75 Standard boot proCess TEE 75 RAM M DT 76 Parallel interface or universal serial bus USB interface eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeresseeresseennn 76 elei eu 76 EconoMode editi e Hd nee LEE edd Lue e LL Re Ee eL Der dd 76 Mere cmt LU us M TT Enhanced UC sicdicd steccecetegecevayticdvevercdecjedetidecdeticeeesticaagenstteesiecaseiiaaseiondiehetaieedviaaa bea 77 ENWW ENWW PIL Genee es ESA TT Printer functions all models ierit eiecit Lo reiten E eL Rd 78 Engine control system engine control unit and power supply assembly 78 Image formationm EE un EE 83 PHintiGAmt Qe cA 84 Printer paper feed SYSteM cccceceeecccececeeeeeeeeaaeaeceeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeseseaeaeaaeceeeeesesensineeeeeeess 84 Jam detection in the printer ccccceeceececeeecee cece cece eeceeaeeeeeeeesecaaeaeeeeeeeeeesensaeeeeeeeeeeeteees 85 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one unique Components ent 87 Basic operaton cess ge aaaaeaaeeeceeeeeceeesegeeeeaaeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneees 87 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one unique Components sss 93 Scanner and ADF functions and operation c cccceceeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeseceaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 93 Fax functions and operation HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only sss 96 PSTN Operation 96
230. pages The user can reprint stored fax pages in case of errors The product will re send stored fax pages after a busy signal comm error no answer or a power failure Other fax devices store fax pages in either normal RAM or short term RAM Normal RAM immediately loses its data when power is lost while short term RAM loses its data about 60 minutes after a power failure Flash memory maintains its data for years without any applied power Advantages of flash memory storage Fax pages stored in flash memory are persistent They are not lost as a result of a power failure no matter how long the power is off Users can reprint faxes in case the print cartridge runs out of toner or the product experiences other errors while printing faxes Fax functions and operation HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 99 The product also has scan ahead functionality that makes use of flash memory Scan ahead automatically scans pages into flash memory before a fax job is sent This allows the sender to pick up their original document immediately after it is scanned eliminating the need to wait until the fax is transmission is complete Because fax pages are stored in flash memory not RAM more RAM is available to handle larger and more complicated copy and print jobs 100 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW ENWW Removal and replacement This chapter provides information about the following topics Removal and replacement straiegy eneeeeetieeeeetn
231. poll Confirm that the local user wants to attempt a reception with a remote machine but poll reception If not reconfigure the product it has detected that the remote for a normal fax transmission machine is not configured to do this Or Poll transmission from a remote machine is typically configured ona Configure the remote machine for poll session by session basis transmission The remote user must first load a document to transmit and then configure the machine for polling A communication error with the Attempt to send the fax again when receiving fax machine was caused by telephone line conditions have improved poor telephone line conditions Telephone line conditions are too Attempt to send the fax again when poor to send a fax telephone line conditions have improved If the session fails after transmitting several pages of a large document retransmit the document as several smaller documents 325 328 Telephone line conditions are poor Attempt to send the fax again when ECM error telephone line conditions have improved Or Disable ECM Errors might still occur and might result in a degraded image quality on the received page However the ability to transmit the entire document will be improved The remote machine has reported Attempt to send the fax again when that one or more pages have been telephone line conditions have improved received while ECM was off with z Or excessive err
232. put CN 43 Specific types of media 43 Media information for ADF originals ssseeeeen emen 43 Media information for the flatbed HP LaserJet 3020 and 2020 44 Loading originals to copy or Scan A Loading originals into the LJ 3020 and 3030 ADF input raw 45 Loading originals onto the LJ 3020 and 3030 flatbed scanner 46 29 Operating environment Place the product on a sturdy level surface in a well ventilated area that meets the following environmental requirements e temperature operating 15 to 32 5 C 59 to 90 5 F temperature storage 20 to 40 C 4 to 104 F e humidity operating 10 to 80 percent relative humidity no condensation humidity storage less than 95 percent relative humidity no condensation e away from direct sunlight open flames and ammonia fumes e sufficient space around the product to allow for access and ventilation D e hc sayoul AU ww Spy JH ef 430 mm 16 9 inches 440 mm 17 3 inches Figure 2 1 HP LaserJet 3015 dimensions c1 8 3 3 8 LL S E f d 497 mm 19 57 inches i 483 mm 19 02 inches Figure 2 2 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 dimensions 30 Chapter 2 Operation ENWW Ident
233. put bin Use the long media extension Print is misaligned on the page skewed pages fewest The media input tray is overfilled Remove some of the media The paper guides are not set correctly are Be sure to center the paper with the side media broken or are missing guides Verify that the guides are not adjusted too tightly or too loosely against the paper Check for broken or missing guides and replace as necessary The paper weight or surface finish does not meet Make sure that the media meets specifications HP specifications detailed in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide 226 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW The printer feeds multiple sheets or jams frequently from the main input tray or priority input tray Paper guides are not adjusted properly Paper was not removed from the main input tray before refilling the tray The main input tray or priority input tray is overfilled The paper was poorly cut by the manufacturer and is sticking together The paper does not meet HP specifications for print media The output capacity was exceeded in the paper output bin The pickup roller is dirty or damaged The separation pad is dirty or damaged A sensor is not operating properly Slide the guides against the sides of the stack in the media input tray or the priority input tray to center the paper Make sure the guides are not adjusted too tightly Always remove paper from the
234. py scan or fax To compensate for variables in the scanning system To position the leading edge of the original document at the scanning position To scan one page of the original document To clear the last page of the original document from the scanner Tests RAM and establishes and communication with the control panel This occurs before media moves past the scanner The page feeds partway into the scanner and then briefly stops Another STAGE period follows if another page of the original document is present in the ADF Otherwise the EJECT period begins The product returns to the READY period at the end of the EJECT period Table 4 2 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 basic sequence of operation WAIT After the product is turned on until the message Scanner Bulb warming up appears on the control panel display AMBIENT LIGHT DETECT From the end of the WAIT period until the scanner bulb is turned on To perform the firmware initialization To determine the level of ambient light in the environment Tests RAM and establishes communication with the control panel The scanner makes a short move toward the ADF If ambient light is too bright the scanner moves away from the ADF until it is under the bezel in shadow At the end of this period the scanner bulb is turned on Basic sequence of operation 71 72 Table 4 2 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 basic sequence of operation continued
235. r specifications 12 troubleshooting 188 power cable ordering 284 power supplies fax line current control 99 operations 80 part numbers 311 removing 169 testing high voltage 238 unplugging 103 power switch locating 5 PowerSave mode 12 pressure convert levers HP LaserJet 3015 295 pressure roller operations 84 primary charging roller operations 83 power supply 81 print cartridges checking 206 238 cleaning near 54 drum rotation check 237 extending life of 76 life expectancies 48 operations 83 84 part numbers 284 305 recycling 18 refilled 18 removing 154 warranty 16 print density troubleshooting 208 voltage operations 82 77 268 ENWW print path cleaning 50 feeding operations 84 PRINT period 73 print quality troubleshooting about 206 repetitive defects 222 types of problems 206 print cartridge door partnumber 309 removing 163 printer base part numbers 305 Printer Command Language PCL 77 printer drivers ordering 282 supported 3 Printer jam error message 200 Printer Job Language PJL 77 268 printer pickup roller cleaning 55 life expectancy 48 operations 84 partnumber 316 replacing 57 printer separation pad life expectancy 48 operations 84 replacing 59 printer specifications 8 10 Printer tray is empty error message 200 printing feed problems 225 loading media 43 speed 8 10 troubleshooting 191 207 priority input tray capacity 8 10 feeding operations 84 feeding problems
236. rJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one hatten 14 Warranty statement deno e Mta AN Nea Ra Dea Ba gna a ean aaa e E HP s Premium Protection print cartridge warranfby sese een 16 Extonded wana EE 17 Stu elle eau te LTE 18 Refilled print cartridG E 18 HP LaserJet printing Supplies airo irit rer Ene tauren anes 18 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program miormatton 18 FCG regulas et Eessen 20 Telephone Consumer Protection Act United Gates 22 IC GS O3 Nee lU ER Declaration of Conformity ssssssssssseseseeeeeeene nennen nennen enne nnns 24 ISI MINAS IGI EET 25 Laser safety statement eene nnne nene enne nen nennen 25 Canada DOC e Ee EE 25 Laser statement for Finland sssssssssesseeeeem nenne ennemis 26 Korean EMI st terrient 5 oie ee deed ENEE ENNEN 26 Australian EMC reouirements nemen rnnt nnne 26 Regulatory information for the European Union countries regions ssesessss 27 Product configurations HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products HP LaserJet 3015 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 Figure 1 1 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one products Prints up to 15 pages per minute less than a 10 second wait for the first page to print 150 sheet printer input tray with a 10 page priority input tray 600 by 600 dpi printing using Resolution Enhancement technology REt 2 000 page print cartridge using an average of 5 percent toner coverage on p
237. rame assembly Remove the top cover Figure 5 46 Remove the top cover assembly 2 of 2 Pickup roller 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly See Scanner assembly e Scanner top cover assembly See Top cover assembly 130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Unclip the pickup roller retainer callout 1 and rotate it until the flat sides of the clip align with the mounting slot on the frame assembly Figure 5 47 Remove the pickup roller 1 of 2 3 Lift the right side of the pickup roller shaft out of the mounting slot and then pull it to the right until the left end of the shaft clears the mounting hole on the left side of the frame assembly Figure 5 48 Remove the pickup roller 2 of 2 White platen 1 Remove the following assemblies e Scanner assembly See Scanner assembly e Scanner assembly top cover See Top cover assembly e Top cover assembly See Top cover assembly ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 131 2 Use a small flat blade screwdriver to carefully pry the white platen retainer tabs callout 1 off of the posts on the guide assembly Figure 5 49 Remove the white platen 1 of 2 3 Lift the guide assembly up and off of the white platen Figure 5 50 Remove the white platen 2 of 2 Reinstallation tip When replacing the white platen verify that the beveled edge faces the cover pad side of the guide assembly 132 Chapter 5 Removal and replace
238. ration is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the marketing name HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 or the product number Q2669A for the HP LaserJet 3015 and Q2665A for the HP LaserJet 3020 and Q2666A for the HP LaserJet 3030 Boise Idaho 83714 1021 U S A November 1 2003 For regulatory topics only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard Gmbh Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 B blingen D 71034 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Relations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise ID 83707 0015 USA 208 396 6000 24 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Safety statements WARNING ENWW Laser safety statement The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States This printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under t
239. re is no paper in the machine or if the paper is not correctly loaded and cannot be sensed by the appropriate document sensor The user of the remote machine has pressed the Stop button on that machine which caused the session to be prematurely terminated Or The remote fax machine identified a feature incompatibility between the two machines and has terminated the session For example the product tried to initiate polling but the remote machine did not support this mode of operation Attempt to receive the fax again after telephone line conditions have improved If the error persists and error correction is in use for the fax session disable the ECM None This is a defect in the remote sending machine Ensure that a document is ready and is correctly loaded in the transmitting fax machine and that the remote machine is attempting to transmit and not to receive Confirm that the remote user is not inadvertently attempting a poll transmission from the product instead of transmitting to the product This mode of operation must be specially configured on the product If poll transmission from the product is the appropriate mode of operation confirm that the product has been configured for this operation Reconfigure the local fax machine to use different configuration settings change the ECM setting to the opposite of the current setting or select a slower reception speed Troubleshooting tools 245
240. rear hinges clear the chassis hinge pins Lift the scanner assembly off of the product base Note Do not lose the two scanner cushions located in the scanner support frame callout 8 left side location shown Figure 5 38 Remove the scanner assembly 15 of 15 Scanner assembly top cover 1 Remove the following assemblies or components e Scanner assembly See Scanner assembly e Scanner side covers See Scanner side covers 126 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Remove three screws callout 1 two PCB screws and one grounding screw CAUTION The PCB is an ESD sensitive component Figure 5 39 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 1 of 4 3 Feed the two FFCs the wire connector and the ground strap through the opening in the scanner assembly base and remove two right side mounting screws callout 2 CAUTION Take note of how the FFCs and wire harnesses are routed before moving them Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Figure 5 40 Remove the scanner assembly top cover 2 of 4 Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the FFCs make sure that the ferrites snap into the clips in the base ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 127 4 Remove the two left side mounting screws callout 3 Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the scanner assembly top cover make sure that it is seated on the alignment pins the plastic pin is behind the screw callout 3 in the followi
241. responding signal is passed to the formatter to indicate that the ring is above the threshold The firmware then measures the amount of time that the signal is high and low and qualifies the cadence to determine whether it is a valid ring 98 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW ENWW Line current control The dc current from the CO needs to have a path to flow from TIP to RING Because the current does not flow in the transformer a path through some transistors and diodes the dc hold circuit acts like a simulated inductor thus replacing the function of the transformer This dc hold circuit is the main component of the voltage current characteristic between TIP and RING Two other functions of this block of circuits are the current limit and the SHUNT for Europe Current limit basically maintains a constant current from TIP to RING after the voltage reaches about 50 mA Even if the voltage varies the current will remain the same The SHUNT function changes the impedance the current voltage characteristic during certain special events such as pulse dialing and when the devices goes on hook During such an event the firmware tells the DSP on the formatter to activate SHUNT A signal goes to the LIU through an optoisolator optically coupled which changes the state of some transistors so that the board has a linear current characteristic normally it is current limited Then more current can flow to the network as required by these
242. rigin position before scanning the original The length of this period varies depending on product age and environmental conditions However this period will timeout end if the scanner bulb does not warm up within 2 minutes and an error message appears on the control panel The scanner performs several back and forth movements during this period The scanner finds its home position by scanning not by using any sort of sensor The scanner remains in the READY state for 10 minutes following HOME FIND or following the last scanner usage The scanner performs a HOME FIND before going into standby A workday modeling algorithm governs the actual powersave behavior Calibration is performed by moving the scanner back and forth several times near the home position If the previous period was STANDBY or POWERSAVE a short delay occurs The message Scanner Bulb warming up appears on the control panel display during this delay For an ADF scan the page feeds partway into the scanner then stops briefly For a flatbed scan the STAGE period is built in to the SCAN period so STAGE is not visible externally ENWW ENWW Table 4 2 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 basic sequence of operation continued SCAN For an ADF scan From the end of the brief pause that follows the STAGE period until the EJECT or following page STAGE period For a flatbed scan From the end of CALIBRATION until the REHOME period
243. rimarily relegated to the ECU PCA and the power functions to the power supply assembly PCA The ECU controls the following systems and functions e Printer engine control e paper motion monitoring and control printing e motor e Printer laser scanner unit The power supply assembly provides the following functions to the power system e ac power distribution e dc power distribution e overcurrent overvoltage protection e high voltage power distribution Printer engine control system Paper motion monitoring and control The ECU controls paper motion in the printer by continuously monitoring the two paper sensors and coordinating the timing with the other print processes Motor The ECU controls the motor The motor drives all of the printer paper movement Printer functions all models 79 Figure 4 4 Printer laser scanner unit The ECU sends signals to the laser scanner assembly to modulate the laser diode on and off modes and to drive the laser scanner motor as SET BDI m Laser driver PCB Cylindrical lens P0 VDO Lee DO i pese ono Photosensitive ACC IDECI drum IE Eee Formatter Engine F inai controller Four sided Scanner motor ocusing lens PCB mirror Laser scanner operation Power system on the power supply assembly The ac dc and high voltage power supply circuits are all provided by the power supply assembly Ac power distribution The ac power circuitr
244. ring an ECM reception and requested retransmission of the failed frames The data that is resent does not correspond to the data that was requested This is an implementation error from the remote machine Between pages the remote machine has attempted to renegotiate the session mode from ECM to non ECM This operation is not supported and the session has been abandoned This is not a communication error and it is not expected that this error will occur under non development scenarios Reception has failed because the local unit is unable to open to receive data This error might be associated with low memory although low memory should not produce the error unless other conditions are contributing to the problem The remote machine has attempted to renegotiate the encoding mode from non JPEG to JPEG This operation is not supported and the session has been abandoned Ask the remote user to check his or her machine and then ask the remote user to send the fax again Ask the remote user to check his or her machine and then ask the remote user to send the fax again Disable ECM and ask the remote user to send the fax again Ask the remote user to send the fax again and to split the document into two portions the ECM and non ECM portions Some machines will attempt to use non ECM for photo mode so this might be associated with a between page encoding change to support photo mode If the error persists turn t
245. rinted A4 or letter size pages 4 MB of ROM 32 MB of RAM Universal serial bus USB port 1284 B compliant parallel port V 34 fax modem that supports speeds up to 33 6 kbps HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Two RJ 11 ports one line and one accessory port Two line LCD display 16 characters per line Additional 2 MB flash ROM for fax storage up to 110 pages based on a slerexe test page HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Expandable input output I O using the HP Jetdirect 10 100Base TX Individual speed dial memory and group speed dial memory 120 entries using the Toolbox HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 2 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW Note Note ENWW Supported software e HP Toolbox e HP LaserJet Scan e TWAIN or WIA Scan Driver e HP LaserJet Fax e Readiris OCR not installed with other software separate installation is required e Printer drivers PCL 5e PCL 6 and PS e Installer unistaller Supported operating systems e Windows 98Se second edition e Windows Millennium Edition Me e Windows 2000 e Windows XP 32 bit e Mac OS 9 1 or 9 2 x e Mac OS X 10 2 x only Driver only support for Windows 98 first edition Windows XP 64 bit and Windows 2003 Server HP LaserJet 3015 all in one product Contact image scanner CIS 600 ppi 24 bit color scanner 30 sheet automatic document feeder ADF feeds pages at up to 12 pages per minute ppm Three status LEDs a numeric keypad and menu nav
246. rk Adjust the resolution and contrast setting s on the control panel menu see Control panel menu structure or from the HP Toolbox The scanned image is too light or too dark If the original was on a colored paper including because the original was on colored paper brown recycled paper the text might not be clear Adjust the resolution contrast and brightness settings from HP Toolbox 218 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW The printed page has a gray background AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc mme o o The priority input tray is not in place Adjust the priority input tray The print density setting is too high Decrease the amount of background shading by using the HP Toolbox The lighter darker setting is incorrect Some white media might produce a greyish background at the default lighter darker settings The media basis weight is too high The humidity level is too low The print cartridge needs to be replaced Adjust the lighter darker setting to a lighter level Change the media to a lower basis weight Very low humidity can increase the amount of background shading Move the product to a different location or decrease the background shading by using the HP Toolbox Replace the print cartridge Vertically aligned black streaks or smears appear on successive pages AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbcc The ADF glass is dirty See Cleaning the p
247. roduct The printer needs to be cleaned A component is damaged For example the photosensitive drum inside the print cartridge is scratched Try copying from the flatbed scanner HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 only If the problem occurs only with the ADF clean the ADF glass See Cleaning the product If the problem occurs when copying from the flatbed scanner and the ADF clean the printer See Cleaning the product Replace the print cartridge if itis damaged and if maintenance procedures do not improve print quality Replace the scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 Scanner assembly ENWW Solving scanning copying image quality problems 219 Scanned images have black dots or streaks AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc The scanner glass is dirty Clean the ADF path and flatbed glass See Cleaning the product The toner drum in the print cartridge is damaged Replace the print cartridge A problem exists with the scanner assembly Replace the scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 Scanner assembly Scanned text is not clear The contrast resolution or brightness needs to be 1 Adjust the contrast and resolution settings adjusted before scanning from the HP Toolbox Check that the contrast and resolution settings are correct See the user guide section for more infor
248. roduct from using different toner formulations found in refilled cartridges e The print quality of HP LaserJet print cartridges influences customer perception of the product Hewlett Packard has no control over the actual print quality of a refilled cartridge e Parts that are critical to print quality might not be replaced when the cartridge is refilled with toner HP LaserJet printing supplies In many countries regions this product s printing supplies for example the print cartridge can be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program An easy to use and free take back program is available in more than 30 countries regions Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program information Since 1990 the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program has collected millions of used LaserJet print cartridges that otherwise might have been discarded in the world s landfills The HP LaserJet print cartridges and supplies are collected and bulk shipped to our resource and recovery partners who disassemble the cartridges Remaining materials are separated and converted into raw materials for use by other industries to make a variety of useful products U S returns For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies HP encourages the use of bulk returns
249. s ENWW Printer product base 153 Printer separation pad 1 Atthe back of the product remove two screws callout 1 Figure 5 89 Remove the printer separation pad 1 of 2 2 Remove the printer separation pad and frame ee ee ie D I KC Figure 5 90 Remove the printer separation pad 2 of 2 Print cartridge CAUTION To prevent damage do not expose the print cartridge to direct or bright light Cover it with a piece of paper 154 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 1 Push the print cartridge door button to release the print cartridge door Figure 5 91 Remove the print cartridge 1 of 2 2 Pull the print cartridge up and out of the product Figure 5 92 Remove the print cartridge 2 of 2 ENWW Printer product base 155 Printer pickup roller 1 Remove the print cartridge and locate the printer pickup roller See Print cartridge Figure 5 93 Remove the printer pickup roller 1 of 5 2 Gently release the small white tabs on each side of the pickup roller by pushing them away from the roller and then rotate the roller away from the mounting frame CAUTION Do not touch the black sponge transfer roller inside the product Touching the transfer roller can damage the product Use gentle pressure to release the small white tabs to avoid breaking them Figure 5 94 Remove the printer pickup roller 2 of 5 156 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Gently pul
250. s continues to the end of the sheet The image data is collected in the motor controller board where it is processed and sent to the formatter The formatter then handles the image data outputting it as a copy sending it through the LIU as a fax in the LJ 3030 or directing it to the computer as scanner output HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one unique components 93 94 The image data collected is 600 pixels per inch ppi Each pixel has 8 bits for each of the three colors 256 gray scale levels for each color or a total of 24 bits per pixel 24 bit color Scanner operation At startup and periodically at other times the scanner assembly moves systematically to locate its home position It then calibrates to a white strip located under the glass at the right end of the scan tub If the product detects a document in the ADF when a copy or scan is initiated from the software or the control panel the scan module moves to the left side of the scan tub and stops The image is acquired as the paper is fed through the ADF past the scanner module If no document is detected in the ADF or if the model does not have an ADF the scan module acquires the image from the flatbed glass while slowly moving within the scan tub ADF operation Standby paper loading mode In standby mode the pickup roller is up and the stack stop is down preventing the user from inserting the original document too far When a document is inserted correctl
251. screw callout 1 Figure 5 110 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover 1 of 3 164 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Release the two rear cover locking tabs callout 2 Rotate the bottom of the rear cover up and away from the printer and remove it Figure 5 111 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover 2 of 3 4 Rotate the bottom of the fuser cover away from the printer and remove the fuser cover Figure 5 112 Remove the rear cover and fuser cover 3 of 3 Front cover 1 Remove the right side and left side covers See Printer side covers ENWW Printer product base 165 2 Release the lower right side front cover locking tab and slightly pry the lower right corner of the front cover away from the printer Figure 5 113 Remove the front cover 1 of 3 3 Release the lower left side front cover locking tab located near the corner of the power supply and slightly pry the lower left corner of the front cover away from the printer Figure 5 114 Remove the front cover 2 of 3 166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Pry up and pull out on the front cover to release it from the printer Remove the front cover Figure 5 115 Remove the front cover 3 of 3 Reinstallation tip Note the location of the front cover tabs callout 1 Make sure that all of the front cover tabs are fully seated when the cover is installed 1 md AT Im Figure 5 116 Front cover locking ta
252. selecting envelopes consider the quality of the following factors Envelope construction Envelope construction is critical Envelope fold lines can vary considerably not only between manufacturers but also within a box from the same manufacturer Successful printing on envelopes depends on the quality of the envelopes which includes the following factors Weight The weight of the envelope paper should not exceed 105 g m 28 Ib or jamming might result Construction Before printing envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm 0 25 inch curl and should not contain air Envelopes that trap air might cause problems Condition Make sure that the envelopes are not wrinkled nicked or otherwise damaged Sizes Supported envelope sizes range from 90 by 160 mm 3 5 by 6 3 inches to 178 by 254 mm 7 by 10 inches Chapter 2 Operation ENWW Figure 2 6 Note ENWW Envelopes with double side seams An envelope with double side seam construction has vertical seams at both ends of the envelope rather than diagonal seams This style is more likely to wrinkle during printing Make sure that the seam extends all the way to the corner of the envelope as shown in the following illustration Should print well May jam or wrinkle Envelope construction Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps Envelopes with a peel off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal must use adhesives that are compatible with th
253. serJet 3020 3030 performance spechfcations sss 10 Electrical specifications all modele ninia siiinaa ninn ENiA NERAN ia NANNNE ERRA 12 Acoustic emissions all models sse enne 12 Skew specifications all models emm 12 HP LaserJet 3030 fax Capabilties tnnt testttnnnnnnnnesnnn nnmnnn 13 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 all in one hatten 14 Warranty Statement teret rte doeet e ete e eed ee pu ee meae Pese ed cate Eu cede dde O HP s Premium Protection print cartridge warranfby sss enne 16 Extended warraity i rt pendet Feds diae Race ded bed eed 17 Print cartridge information a nennen nnnm en nnnm 18 Refilled print cartridges EE 18 HP LaserJet printing supplies ssssssssssssssseeeeeennenen nennen 18 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program information 18 FCG regulations T 20 Telephone Consumer Protection Act United States 22 IC C S 03 ee lU 23 Declaration of Conformity esssssssssssssseeeeee ennemis 24 Safety statements rne geek dee des pee tL Rd EE ELA Den REL LEE e ER LE Fen Pe Aue Eee ru Ain na 25 Laser safety statement ener nnne nennen 25 Canada DOC regu lations nacen tust ete ee nh EE Ra dae aad aea 25 Laser statement for Fmland emm ennemis 26 Korean EMI statement acer rr re er eit iere He eH EE Eve eta d ewe Edad eee due 26 Australian EM
254. shooting 220 troubleshooting 192 Scanning error message 201 scanning exposure stage image formation process 83 scatter toner 214 schedules HP Technical Training 282 screwdrivers required 103 screws self tapping 103 types of 284 secondary service menu 262 self test continuous 262 self tapping screws 103 284 send codes fax 248 ENWW sensors ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3015 88 ADF HP LaserJet 3020 3030 95 HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 274 optical system HP LaserJet 3015 91 printer paper feed system 84 separation pads ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3015 88 ADF removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 140 ADF replacing HP LaserJet 3015 62 ADF replacing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 66 assembly removing HP LaserJet 3015 116 cleaning 56 HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 273 life expectancies 48 operations 84 part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 295 part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 3030 301 printer part numbers 311 printer replacing 59 154 removing HP LaserJet 3015 111 separation stage image formation process 83 sequence operations 71 troubleshooting steps 188 serial number locating 7 Service menu secondary 262 settings 36 servicing product 103 settings country region 264 fax data store parameters 263 NVRAM init 265 Settings cleared error message 201 sheet grounding 291 SHUNT function 99 side covers part numbers 309 removing printer 161 removing scanner HP LaserJet 3015 110 signals VIDEO 73 size margins
255. spring HP LaserJet 3015 115 order of 104 paper pickup assembly 186 parts 103 pickup roller HP LaserJet 3015 130 power supply 169 print cartridge 154 print cartridge door 163 printer parts 153 printer pickup roller 57 printer separation pads 59 rearcover 164 scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 118 scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 3030 104 145 scanner cushions 167 scanner side covers HP LaserJet 3015 110 scanner support frame 175 scanner support frame springs HP LaserJet 3015 107 342 Index scanner support frame springs HP LaserJet 3020 3030 136 scanner top cover HP LaserJet 3015 126 separation pad assembly HP LaserJet 3015 116 separation pad set HP LaserJet 3015 111 side covers 161 speaker assembly 168 top cover HP LaserJet 3015 129 transfer roller 159 white platen 131 reports continuous self test 262 control panel menu structure 33 fax 241 fax data store parameters 263 fax receive codes 243 fax send codes 248 menu 34 printing 241 secondary service 262 T 30 protocol trace 242 254 reset soft 265 residual paper jams 86 resizing scanned images 221 resolution faxing 10 13 printing 9 11 scanning 9 11 restoring default settings 265 right cover HP LaserJet 3015 291 right side cover part number 309 removing 161 RING 96 97 99 ring detect 98 rollers ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3015 88 ADF pickup removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 142 ADF pickup replacing 61 63 cleaning around 50 cleaning
256. ss locking lever toward the back of the product to release the glass and then carefully remove the glass CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality or paper pickup problems Figure 5 73 Remove the ADF scanner glass 3 of 3 Reinstallation tip Replace the glass first and then install the frame Press down on the frame and glass until the lock mechanism snaps back into the locked position as shown in Figure 5 74 Install the ADF scanner glass Figure 5 74 Install the ADF scanner glass 144 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Scanner assembly CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality or paper pickup problems Note It is not necessary to remove the flatbed lid before removing the scanner assembly However removing the flatbed lid will make the scanner assembly lighter and easier to handle when it is removed To remove the flatbed lid see Flatbed lid 1 Remove the ADF input tray See ADF input tray 2 Remove one screw callout 1 Figure 5 75 Remove the scanner assembly 1 of 13 3 Release the upper back callout 2 Figure 5 76 Remove the scanner assembly 2 of 13 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 145 4 Release the bottom tab callout 3 Figure 5 77 Remove the sc
257. ssembly 12 of 13 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 151 14 Rotate the scanner assembly toward the rear of the product until the rear hinges clear the chassis hinge pins Lift the scanner assembly off of the product base CAUTION Make sure that the ADF cover and flatbed lid are supported so they do not swing open when the scanner assembly is removed Note Do not lose the two scanner cushions located in the scanner support frame callout 7 Figure 5 87 Remove the scanner assembly 13 of 13 152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Printer product base This section documents removal and replacement instructions for components that are common to the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 products Note For clarity the printer is shown without the scanner assembly in place Removing the scanner assembly is not necessary to perform some of the procedures in this section Printer separation pad Print cartridge Printer pickup roller Transfer roller Media input tray Printer side covers Rear cover and fuser cover Power supply HP sid i 3015 3020 or 3030 scanner assembly Print cartridge door Front cover G ahfiel support frame Engine HIER unit Lasersnahner assembly Main motor Fuser assembly Paper pickup assembly Front cover Speaker assembly l Formatter and LIU if present Note the front cover is listed twice Figure 5 88 Parts removal order for the printer product base all model
258. stripes vertical white 215 218 supplies life expectancies 48 ordering 282 support frame scanner part number HP LaserJet 3015 291 removing 175 springs 107 support technical 282 T T 30 protocol trace report fax 242 254 technical support 282 Technical Training 282 telephone consumer protection act 22 telephone lines additional devices connecting 231 DSL troubleshooting 231 telephones connecting extra 231 232 temperature specifications 8 storing paper 226 troubleshooting 214 tests control panel 235 drum rotation 237 half self functional check 235 high voltage contacts 238 text troubleshooting misprinted 208 212 scanned 220 Time Date Header menu 33 timing diagrams 74 TIP 96 97 99 toner cleaning from skin or fabric 55 cloth ordering 284 image formation operations 83 loose troubleshooting 211 redistributing 206 scattered troubleshooting 214 smears troubleshooting 210 specks troubleshooting 208 waste cleaning operations 84 toner cartridges See print cartridges tools required 103 top cover part number HP LaserJet 3015 291 printer part number 309 removing 126 129 torsion spring removing HP LaserJet 3015 115 torx screws 284 trace report fax 242 254 ENWW trailing edge detection ADF 95 trailing edge detection 86 Training HP Technical 282 transfer roller assembly part number 311 cleaning around 50 operations 83 power supply 81 removing 159 transfer stage image formation process 83 tra
259. t cartridge area 1 of 3 54 Cleaning the print cartridge area 2 of 3 54 Cleaning the print cartridge area 3 of 3 55 Cleaning the separation Dad 55 Cleaning the pickup roller 1 of 3 55 Cleaning the pickup roller 2 of 31 56 Cleaning the pickup roller 3 of 3 eem 56 Cleaning the separation pad 1 of 2 56 Cleaning the separation pad 2 of 2 56 Replacing the pickup roller 1 of 7 57 Replacing the pickup roller 2 of 7 sem 57 Replacing the pickup roller 3 of 7 57 Replacing the pickup roller 4 of 58 Replacing the pickup roller 5 of Cl 58 Replacing the pickup roller 6 of 58 Replacing the pickup roller 7 of 7 58 Replacing the printer separation pad of 59 Replacing the printer separation pad 2 of 59 Replacing the printer separation pad 3 of 60 Replacing the printer separation pad of 60 Replacing the printer separation pad of 60 Remove the media input tray 1 of 2 eene 61 Remove the paper pickup tray 2 of 2 sse 61 xi xii Figure 3 29 Figure 3 30 Figure 3 31 Figure 3 32 Figure 3 33 Figure 3 34 Figure 3 35 Figure 3 36 Figure 3 37 Figure 3 38 Figure 3 39 Figure 3 40 Figure 3 41 Figure 3 42 Figure 3 43 Figure 3 44 Figure 3 45 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 Figure 4 9 Figure 4 10 Figure 4 11 Figure 4 12 Figure
260. t of the printer until the link disengages from the scanner support frame Figure 5 7 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 2 of 4 108 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Remove the link assembly Repeat this step with the remaining link Figure 5 8 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 3 of 4 5 Use needle nose pliers to remove the scanner support frame spring Repeat this step for the other scanner support frame spring Figure 5 9 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 4 of 4 ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 109 Scanner side covers 1 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to release the right side cover back tab Figure 5 10 Remove the scanner side covers 1 of 3 2 Release the right side cover center tab Figure 5 11 Remove the scanner side covers 2 of 3 110 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Rotate the right side cover toward the front of the product and remove it Repeat this procedure for the left side cover F Figure 5 12 Remove the scanner side covers 3 of 3 Separation pad set Note The separation pad set and the separation pad assembly are two different assemblies The separation pad set consists of the pad clear plastic sheet and the pad cover The separation pad set is a user replaceable assembly The separation pad assembly consists of the separation lever tension spring feed arm and t
261. t the trailing edge of media within 4 6 seconds of detecting the leading edge Delivery delay jam The paper delivery sensor PS803 does not detect the leading edge of media within 2 1 seconds after the top of page sensor PS801 detects the leading edge Wrapping jam The paper delivery sensor PS803 does not detect the trailing edge of the media within 1 5 seconds after the top of page sensor PS801 detects the leading edge and within ten seconds after the paper delivery sensor PS803 detects the leading edge Delivery stationary jam The paper delivery sensor PS803 does not detect the leading edge of media within 2 2 seconds after the top of page sensor PS801 detects the trailing edge Residual paper jam The top of page sensor PS801 or the paper delivery sensor PS803 detects media in the initial rotation period Door open jam The top of page sensor PS801 or the paper delivery sensor PS803 detects media while the print cartridge door is open Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW HP LaserJet 3015 all in one unique components Figure 4 8 ENWW This section presents an overview of the relationships between unique major components in the HP LaserJet 3015 all in one This section describes the optical scanning system and ADF pickup and feed system used in the HP 3015 product It does not describe the image formation system that is common to the HP LaserJet 3015 3020 3030 products For information about image forma
262. t wear are listed in Life expectancies of parts that wear in Table 3 1 Life expectancies of parts that wear Parts are available directly from Hewlett Packard at the following URL http partsdirect hp com Parts Order replacement parts from the following website https partsdirect hp com epdo defualt mainmenu asp World wide customer support Order documentation and software from the websites listed in Table 7 1 Technical support websites and related documentation Table 7 1 Technical support websites and related documentation HP Connect Online http www connect online hp com for HP partners HP Customer Care Call Centers http www hp com support callcenters Information for contacting HP call centers in specific countries regions HP Online Technical Support http www hp com support Software drivers support documentation and answers to frequently asked questions HP Technical Training North America http www compaq com training Classes and schedules Note Select your country region in the select a country or region field at the top right corner of the page Parts http partsurfer hp com Parts information 282 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 1 Technical support websites and related documentation continued Fax guide Q2660 90920 English Spanish Castilian and Portuguese Brazilian Q2660 90921 English French European German and Dutch Q2660 90924 English
263. te If the problem occurs when printing see Solving print image quality problems If the problem occurs when copying or scanning see Solving scanning copying image quality problems Also see Solving paper feed problems and Jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF Some image quality problems can be isolated by performing printer functional tests See Functional checks Image quality problems can also be caused by using cables that are not IEEE 1284 compliant Checking the print cartridge Image formation defects are frequently the result of problems in the print cartridge If the source of the defect is not immediately evident always replace the print cartridge before troubleshooting image defects Use the following checklist to make sure that the print cartridge is still operable Make sure that the print cartridge is seated properly Check the print cartridge to see if it has been disassembled or refilled Inspect the print cartridge to see if toner is leaking through worn seals Check the surface of the photosensitive drum in the cartridge to see if it has been damaged or scratched Touching the drum contaminates the photosensitive surface and can cause spotting and image defects Blurred areas on printed pages indicate that the photosensitive drum in the cartridge has been overexposed to light Because overexposure to light causes permanent damage to the photosensitiv
264. te vertical 215 218 link assemblies part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 291 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 299 link assemblies removing HP LaserJet 3015 107 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 136 link coupling 315 Index 337 LIU data path 97 hook switch control 98 operations 75 part numbers 305 regional versions 96 removing 171 ring detect 98 safety isolation circuitry 97 safety protection 97 loading input trays 43 originals to copy orscan 44 long pages copying or scanning 229 long document jams ADF 95 loose toner troubleshooting 211 LSTR Last Rotation Period 73 M machine screws 284 Macintosh operating systems supported 3 main input tray capacity 8 10 feeding operations 84 feeding problems troubleshooting 227 loading 43 media supported 37 partnumber 305 307 removing 158 replacing 60 main motor removing 182 main wiring diagrams 269 maintenance agreements 17 manuals ordering 282 margins faxing 10 13 printer minimum 207 scanner 9 11 media ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3015 88 ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 94 curl troubleshooting 214 226 envelopes 40 feed system operations 84 fuser modes 37 labels 40 loading 43 size maximum 9 10 size minimum 8 10 specifications 37 39 41 troubleshooting 39 weight 9 11 media guides cleaning 210 troubleshooting 229 media jams See jams 338 Index media lever HP LaserJet 3015 part numbers 295 removing 115 memory base 9 11 buffer 77 flash
265. ternal components part numbers 311 INTR Initial Rotation Period 73 Invalid date error message 198 Invalid entry error message 198 J jams ADF 227 230 clearing 223 detection operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 95 detection operations printer 85 errormessages 200 multifeeds 227 output bin 225 preventing 43 K keys control panel 33 Korean EMI statement 26 ENWW L labels loading 43 specifications 40 languages control panel part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 291 control panel part numbers HP LaserJet 3020 301 control panel part numbers HP LaserJet 3030 302 settings 264 languages printer 77 laser safety statement 25 laser scanner assembly error messages 202 operations 80 part numbers 313 protective cover 103 removing 181 latent electrostatic image 83 leading edge detection operations 84 86 LEDs printer control panel off troubleshooting 188 startup messages 75 LEDs scanning system 91 left cover HP LaserJet 3015 291 left side cover part number 309 removing 161 lenses operations 83 life expectancies extending print cartridge 76 parts 48 lift plate 84 light copies or scans troubleshooting 218 lights printer control panel errormessages 193 off troubleshooting 188 startup messages 75 lights scanning system 91 line current control fax 99 line interface unit See LIU lines fax additional devices connecting 231 digital subscriber DSL 231 lines troubleshooting copies orscans 219 printed pages 209 whi
266. th the top forward and the side to be printed on facing up See the user guide on the product CD for more information e Envelopes Load envelopes with the narrow stamp side forward and the side to be printed on facing up See the user guide on the product CD for more information e Letterhead and preprinted forms Load with the top forward and the side to be printed on facing up See the user guide for more information e Cards and custom sized media Load with the narrow side forward and the side to be printed on facing up See the user guide on the product CD for more information Media information for ADF originals HP LaserJet 3015 you must use a carrier sheet to scan or copy small or delicate originals such as newsprint business cards and photos or documents that have tears perforations or punch holes HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 you must use the flatbed to scan or copy small or delicate originals such as newsprint business cards and photos or documents that have tears perforations or punch holes If you want to fax such items first make a copy on the flatbed and then fax the copy Perform the following actions to minimize the possibility of jams e Remove self stick notes e Remove staples and paper clips e Straighten any curls folds or wrinkles in documents before putting them into the document feeder tray Loading media 43 Note Note Note Note Figure 2 7 44 e Do not insert any document th
267. the engine control unit ECU shield retainer hooks left hook shown callout 2 inside the printer Push the hooks into the printer to disengage them e Figure 5 134 Remove the ECU 2 of 6 178 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Disconnect one FFC callout 3 from the formatter Figure 5 135 Remove the ECU 3 of 6 5 Disconnect one FFC callout 4 from the power supply CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Figure 5 136 Remove the ECU 4 of 6 ENWW Printer product base 179 6 Disconnect one FFC callout 5 from the ECU and the wire harness connector to the main motor callout 6 Remove one screw callout 7 Release the wire harness callout 8 from the retainer slot on the ECU Hint Unweave this wire harness from additional wire looms to have enough slack to disengage it from the slot on the ECU E Figure 5 137 Remove the ECU 5 of 6 7 Carefully remove the ECU from the printer As it is removed unweave the wire harnesses and FFCs from the wire looms and disconnect one wire harness connector callout 9 from the laser scanner Remove the ECU Figure 5 138 Remove the ECU 6 of 6 180 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Reinstallation tip Make sure that the laser scanner shutter arm fits into the black plastic guide callout 10 on the ECU shield when the shield is installed Figure 5 139 Laser scanner assembly shutter arm
268. the paper has advanced to trigger the form sensor but the trailing edge is not detected within the time allowed for a 381 mm 15 inch document the maximum allowable page length for the ADF the scanner returns to the home position at the right side of the scanner assembly The message Doc feeder jam Clear Reload appears on the control panel display Stall jam When a page that is less than 381 mm 15 inches long has advanced to the form sensor but has not left it within the expected time the paper has probably stalled or jammed The scanner returns to the home position at the right side of the scanner assembly The message Doc feeder jam Clear Reload appears on the control panel display Other H the paper stops in the ADF and the scan module remains under the ADF scanner glass an internal firmware error has probably occurred This is usually remedied by cycling the power HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one unique components 95 Fax functions and operation HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only The following sections describe the fax capabilities of the product PSTN operation The public switched telephone network PSTN operates by having a central office CO that generates a constant voltage on the TIP and RING wires 48 V usually A device goes on hook by connecting impedance such as 600 ohms for the U S across TIP and RING allowing a line current to flow The CO can detect this current and can send impulses like dial tones
269. the primary voltage goes OFF until the main motor stops rotating To clear the drum surface of potential and to clean the primary charging roller To pause until the product is ready to print To stabilize the photosensitive drum sensitivity in preparation for printing Also to clean the primary charging roller To form images on the photosensitive drum based on the VIDEO signals VDO VDO sent from the formatter and to transfer the toner image onto the media To deliver the last page Also to clean the primary charging roller Detects whether or not the cartridge is installed When the pickup command is sent from the video controller the printer enters the INTR period immediately after the end of the LSTR period Basic sequence of operation 73 ZZ Se La g Linogv ESSERE ZO 0 Nody SESS UL og JOUOD aunjesedwia sjeeus ueewjeg DE m FL noqy Jo4u02 amsadwa Ud po noqay H 660 1noqv lt gt ah vw Sv 0 1noqy p efl l ojeo eoeloj2lz15 j o3uo 2 00 ECH WOON ag reu rs wv3g uasv seig Duifieu Jsaysued 2Q seig Buidoje eq ov seig Buidojenea LL OQ seg BuiBreyo Arewud ov seig Bui amp reuo fueuiud 08Sd 10sueg fuenijeg 1edeg LO8Sd 10sueg 1edeg jo doy 11S Prouejos dnppid LW 4010 N ure CH JOJO jeuueo WIS Apeay Jouupoe EE LOZH 1929H Bur L Sars AGLS GIE
270. the recipient to ensure that The product has canceled sending their fax machine is turned on and Canceled send the fax ready HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Check that you are dialing the correct fax number Check that the Redial if busy option is enabled See Control panel menu structure Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing FAX SEND Make sure that the phone line is working by disconnecting the product plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line and try sending the fax again Try a different phone cord Update the firmware See Updating the firmware code If the error persists replace the LIU See Formatter and line interface unit LIU ENWW Control panel messages 195 Table 6 1 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Fax is busy Redial pending HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Fax memory full Canceling recv HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only Fax memory full Canceling send HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only 196 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Event log Description error message The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy The product automatically redials the busy number See Changing the redial setting in the fax guide on the product CD During the fax transmission the product ran out of memory Only the pages that fit into me
271. the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission with the V 17 mode Ask the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission with the V 17 mode Ask the remote user to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission with the V 17 mode ENWW ENWW Table 6 5 Fax send codes continued 396 409 An error occurred during a V 34 transmission when the product was unable to correctly complete the handshake with the remote machine and was consequently unable to transmit a T 30 frame This occurs when the line was disconnected or if line conditions degrade during the session 410 419 An error occurred during a V 34 reception when the product was unable to correctly complete the handshake with the remote machine and was consequently unable to transmit a T 30 frame This occurs when the line is disconnected or if line conditions degrade during the session V 34 negotiations have failed from the originating machine during phase 4 Phase 4 occurs after V 8 and before the first T 30 frames are exchanged These compatibility problems have been observed when sending to non HP units V 34 negotiations have failed from the originating machine during phase 3 Phase 3 occurs a
272. then turn on the power switch and wait for the product to initialize Note The device power must remain off for at least 20 minutes for the fuser to cool down and properly reset If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the printer directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn the product on Check the cabling connections to the heating element If the error persists replace the fuser See Fuser ENWW Control panel messages 201 Table 6 2 Critical error messages continued Control panel message Event log Description error message 51 Laser Error None The product has experienced an internal hardware error 52 Scanner Error The product has experienced an internal hardware error 79 Error The product has experienced an internal firmware error Turn off then on 202 Chapter6 Troubleshooting Recommended action Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize Check the cabling connections to the laser scanner assembly Try connecting the product to a different power source or surge protector If the error persists replace the laser scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3015 see Scanner assembly HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 see Scanner assembly Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize
273. this area can improve the quality of your printed sheets During the printing process paper toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the product Over time this buildup can cause print quality problems such as toner specks or smearing To correct and prevent these types of problems you can clean the print cartridge area and the media path To cleaning the print cartridge area all models Wait for the product to cool before beginning this procedure 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and then unplug the power cord Cleaning the print cartridge area 1 of 3 2 Open the print cartridge door and remove the print cartridge To prevent damage do not expose the print cartridge to light Cover the print cartridge if necessary Do not touch the transfer roller the black rubber roller located underneath the print cartridge Skin oils on the roller can affect print quality 3 Use a dry lint free cloth or an HP toner cloth part number 5090 3379 to wipe any residue from the paper path area and the print cartridge cavity Cleaning the print cartridge area 2 of 3 4 Replace the print cartridge and close the print cartridge door Maintenance ENWW Figure 3 8 WARNING Note Note Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 ENWW 5 Plug the product in and then use the power switch to turn on the product Cleaning the print cartridge area 3 of 3 Do not spray or use water inside the product Failure
274. tic tip e Small flat blade screwdriver e 8 and 10 torx screwdrivers e Needle nose pliers e ESD mat if available e Penlight optional e Long flat blade screwdriver optional Do not use a pozidrive screwdriver or any motorized screwdriver These can damage screws or screw threads on the product Before performing service e f possible print a configuration page to record customer settings and menu structure report See Troubleshooting tools e Remove all media from the product and remove the main input tray See Printer main input tray all models e Turn off the power by using the power switch Removal and replacement strategy 103 Note Figure 5 1 e Unplug the power cord from the wall receptacle e Place the product on an ESD mat if available If an ESD protected workstation is not available discharge body static and ground the print engine chassis before servicing the product e Remove the print cartridge See Print cartridge After performing service e Replace the print cartridge e Reload the input tray with media e Restore customer configuration settings Parts removal order Use the following diagrams to determine which parts of the product must be removed before servicing HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 The scanner assembly might be contaminated if it is opened outside of a cleanroom environment For this reason the entire scanner assembly is replaceable only as a unit Replacing the scan
275. tion see Image formation system Basic operation The HP LaserJet 3015 all in one uses a pickup and feed system document transportation and an optical scanning system Figure 4 8 Basic operation block diagram shows the relationship of the two systems Contact image sensor Optical system filter unit PCA Pickup feed system p Image scanner Basic operation block diagram A document is placed into the ADF tray When the formatter sends a signal to the optical scanning system the document is picked up and fed into the optical system through a series of rollers and a separation pad the separation pad prevents the pickup system from feeding multiple pages if more than one page is loaded in the ADF tray HP LaserJet 3015 all in one unique components 87 Figure 4 9 As the document passes the contact image scanner the scanner illuminates the document The optical scanning system captures and amplifies the reflected light and converts it to a digital signal and then sends the digital signal to the formatter for image processing HP LaserJet 3015 optical and feed systems 1 Optical scanning system 2 ADF pickup and feed system ADF pickup and feed system The ADF pickup and feed system uses a pickup roller a feed roller and a delivery roller to transport the document into through and out of the optical scanning system The optical scanning system motor drives the rollers when the forma
276. tion pad assembly 311 speaker assembly 315 spring HP LaserJet 3015 291 spring HP LaserJet 3020 3030 299 transfer roller assembly 311 trays 305 307 partial characters troubleshooting 208 212 parts about removing and replacing 103 HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 272 277 HP LaserJet 3020 3030 component locations 276 277 life expectancies 48 order of removal 104 ordering 282 printer removing 153 removing HP LaserJet 3015 107 removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 133 path ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3020 3030 95 feeding operations 84 print cleaning 50 PCL Printer Command Language 77 phase sequence fax 254 Phone Book is empty error message 200 phone lines additional devices connecting 231 DSL troubleshooting 231 phonebook report 241 phones connecting extra 231 232 photosensitive drum inspecting 206 operations 83 84 rotation functional checks 237 pickup delay jams 86 340 Index pickup roller ADF feeding operations HP LaserJet 3015 88 ADF removing HP LaserJet 3020 3030 142 ADF replacing 61 63 cleaning 55 HP LaserJet 3015 component locations 273 life expectancy 48 operations 84 part numbers HP LaserJet 3015 293 printer part number 316 printer replacing 57 removing HP LaserJet 3015 130 pickup solenoid SLOO1 84 86 pickup stationary jam 86 PJL Printer Job Language platen cleaning 51 removing 131 ports formatter operations 75 included 2 11 locating 5 specifications 9 troubleshooting 192 powe
277. to follow this warning can result in severe damage to the product or serious personal injury If toner gets on your clothing or other fabric wipe off the toner with a dry cloth Wash the items in cold water and air dry them If toner gets on your hands wash your hands in cold water Hot water or heat from a dryer can set toner into fabric Cleaning the printer pickup roller all models If the product regularly picks up multiple sheets of media at one time or picks up no sheets at all clean or replace the pickup roller Before replacing the pickup roller try to clean it To clean the pickup roller use the following instructions If the product does not pick up media from the tray the cause is almost always a dirty or damaged pickup roller If cleaning the pickup roller does not resolve the problem replace the pickup roller See Printer pickup roller all models for instructions 1 Use the power switch to turn the product off and then unplug the power cord Cleaning the separation pad 2 Remove the pickup roller See Printer pickup roller all models 3 Dampen a lint free cloth with isopropyl alcohol and scrub the roller 4 Using a dry lint free cloth wipe the pickup roller to remove loosened dirt Cleaning the pickup roller 1 of 3 Cleaning the print cartridge area 55 Figure 3 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 5 Allow the pickup roller to dry completely before you reinstall it in the
278. tor cover is not installed properly the ADF lid will not close properly resulting in intermittent ADF errors Verify that the plastic tab fits into the slot and that the motor cover snaps over the corner of the sheet metal chassis Figure 5 54 ADF cover correctly installed 134 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Disconnect two wire connectors callout 1 Close the ADF cover Figure 5 55 Remove the flatbed lid 2 of 5 3 Locate the hinge retainer clip on the far left flatbed hinge this hinge is the one above the parallel connector Figure 5 56 Remove the flatbed lid 3 of 5 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 135 4 Lift up on the retainer clip locking tab and pull the clip down and away from the flatbed lid Figure 5 57 Remove the flatbed lid 4 of 5 5 Raise the flatbed scanner lid until the hinges can clear the hinge posts on the scanner bed and then remove the flatbed lid from the scanner assembly CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality problems Figure 5 58 Remove the flatbed lid 5 of 5 Link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 1 Push the print cartridge access button and raise the the scanner assembly until it is locked open 136 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to release the link tabs on each link assembly
279. trol panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Canceled send Clear document None The cANnceL button was pressed to Open the ADF cover or raise the cancel the current job while pages flatbed lid HP LaserJet 3020 and were feeding from the document 3030 only remove the jammed feeder tray The cancel process will item and close the door or lid not automatically clear the Then clear the items in the document feeder document feeder tray and start over Cleaning Mode None The product is running an internal Wait for the product to finish the Wait 1 3 min cleaning cycle cleaning cycle The message will clear when the cycle is finished Comm error None Fax communication error occurred Allow the product to retry sending HP LaserJet 3015 and 3030 only between the product and the the fax Unplug the product sender or receiver For descriptions telephone cord from the wall plug of communication errors see Table in a telephone and try making a 6 4 Fax receive codes and Table call Plug the product phone cord 6 5 Fax send codes into a jack for another phone line Reseat or replace the cord Try a different phone cord If the error persists replace the LIU See Formatter and line interface unit LIU Device error enter to cont None An internal error occurred in the Press MENU ENTER to resume the job product Device is busy None The product is currently in use Wait
280. ts and then press MENU ENTER 3 Use the lt or gt button to select Menu structure and then press vENu ENTER The product exits the menu settings and prints the report To see which settings are currently selected print a configuration report See Troubleshooting tools for instructions Note Some menu items might not be available depending on the product model For example the Fax Job Status menu item does not apply to the HP LaserJet 3020 because that product does not have fax capabilities Table 2 1 Control panel menu structure Send fax later Stop Recv to PC Reprint last Polling receive Clear saved faxs Time Date Header Time Date Fax Header ENWW Control panel menu structure 33 34 Table 2 1 Control panel menu structure continued Copy setup Chapter 2 Operation Default Quality Def Light Dark Def Collation Def of copies Def Redu Enlrg C LL Fax Activity log Fax Call report PhoneBook report Menu structure Config report Block Fax list Billing report Usage page PCL Font list PS Font list All fax reports Print log now Auto Log Print Print report now Print report Include 1st page ENWW Table 2 1 Control panel menu structure continued Add Ke Phone Book Individual setup Delete Group setup Add Edit group Delete group Del In group Fax Send setup Def Resolution Def Light Dark Def Glass Size Dialing Mode Redial if busy Redial no answer Redial
281. ttempt the transmission with the V 17 mode Attempt to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission using the V 17 mode Attempt to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission with the V 17 mode Attempt to send the fax again when telephone line conditions have improved Disable V 34 on the product and attempt the transmission with the V 17 mode Troubleshooting tools 251 Table 6 5 Fax send codes continued The product has originated a fax Attempt to send the fax again after making session while using error correction sure that documents stored in memory are either V 34 or V 17 Transmission of printed and that the unit has paper ready for an image has been abandoned after a printing If the problem persists reinitialize timeout when no data has become permanent storage ready for transmission This is most likely caused by a low memory condition although it could be caused by other internal problems that cause data generation for transmission to stall The product has originated a fax session without error correction not V 34 Transmission of an image has been abandoned after a timeout when no data has become ready for Attempt to send the fax again after making sure that documents that are stored in memory are printed and that the unit has p
282. tter signals the optical scanning system that a job to print or copy is present There are two sensors along the ADF pickup and feed paper path The document sensor PS1201 detects the presence of a document in the ADF input tray The document top sensor PS 1202 detects the document in the ADF paper path The formatter processes the signals from the sensors and the product operates accordingly 88 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Figure 4 10 ENWW When the contact image scanner motor rotates it causes the pickup feed and delivery rollers to rotate The ADF document pickup roller pushes a document into the ADF paper path The separation pad prevents multiple pages from entering the ADF paper path by creating friction against the document and the pickup roller The document feed roller advances the document past the contact image sensor CIS The document delivery roller advances the document out of the ADF paper path to the output area Separation pad Formatter Ss E br E pr E H e a M ee a E A li z o 7 Ww gt ME cn LEE EZ Kee c a Contact image sensor Operation unit l 5 l l P filter unit PCA 5 L i ay A pp E Ej oc o W o o Ez pad aid 2 o o 9 oO 5 E E a hi m Z Documenttray amp im b B a a oc E n o Zz e e D E z 3 E D g f P a lt x 8 2 a o z o O Doc
283. ument delivery tray Document delivery roller Document feed roller PS1201 Document sensor PS1202 Document top sensor CIS Contact image sensor M1 Image scanner motor Document pickup roller HP LaserJet 3015 feed control 1 of 2 HP LaserJet 3015 all in one unique components 89 Figure 4 11 The contact image scanner motor drives the pickup roller the feed roller a one way clutch and the delivery roller A gear differential causes the pickup roller to rotate at a slower speed than the feed roller The slower speed allows for a consistent space between pages of a multiple page document which is necessary for correct document scanning The one way clutch varies the rotation speeds of the pickup roller and feed roller to prevent the rollers from tearing the document Document Document Drive transmission Drive transmission Document feed roller pickup roller One way clutch gear 3 gear 2 feed roller gear Contact image sensor Document Drive transmission Image scanner delivery roller gear gear 1 motor HP LaserJet 3015 feed control 2 of 2 90 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Figure 4 12 ENWW Optical scanning system The contact image sensor CIS is the major component of the optical scanning system The CIS consists of three LEDs red green and blue a light guide the scanning glass the rod lens array and a sensor array When the CIS scans a document the CIS does n
284. upply circuit en 82 Image formation block diagram seen 83 Printer paper path 1 treten ee He DDR IR a AD 85 Basic operation block dagram d 87 HP LaserJet 3015 optical and feed avstems nn 88 HP LaserJet 3015 feed control 1 Of 2 89 HP LaserJet 3015 feed control 2 of 2 90 HP LaserJet 3015 optical system 1 of 2 91 HP LaserJet 3015 optical system 2 of 2 92 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 optical system essseeee 93 HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 ADF path sssssssssssseen 95 HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 produce 104 Parts removal order for the HP LaserJet 3015 all in one 105 Parts removal order for the HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 105 Parts removal order for the printer product base all models 106 Parts removal order HP LaserJet 3015 scanner assembly 107 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 1 of 4 108 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 2 of 4 108 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 3 of 4 109 Remove the link assemblies and scanner support frame springs 4 of 4 109 Remove the scanner side covers 1 of 3 110 Remove the scanner side covers 2 of 3 sse 110 Remove the scanner side covers 3 of 3 111 Remove the separation pa 112 Remove the control panel bezel 1 o
285. use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the device these can damage the device Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the device 4 Dry the glass and platen with a chamois or cellulose sponge to prevent spotting 5 Plug the product in and use the power switch to turn on the product To clean the LJ 3020 and 3030 glass Dirty glass from fingerprints smudges hair and so on slows down performance and affects the accuracy of special features such as fit to page and copy Note If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic document feeder ADF clean the scanner strip step 3 It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass 1 Use the power switch to turn off the device unplug the power cord from the electrical socket and then raise the lid ENWW Cleaning the product 51 Figure 3 3 CAUTION Figure 3 4 Note Figure 3 5 2 Clean the glass by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Cleaning the LJ 3020 and 3030 glass 1 of 2 Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the device these can damage the device Do not place liquids directly on the glass They might seep and damage the device 3 Clean the scanner strip by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabr
286. ute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warrant
287. w is used in the center hole Figure 5 120 Remove the power supply 1 of 3 3 Disconnect one FFC callout 3 and five wire harness connectors callout 4 and remove them from the wire loom CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Figure 5 121 Remove the power supply 2 of 3 170 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 4 Remove four screws callout 5 and remove the wire harness from the wire loom callout 6 and unclip the wire loom from the chassis remove the wire harness from this wire loom Remove the power supply Figure 5 122 Remove the power supply 3 of 3 Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the power supply make sure that the wire harnesses are routed correctly Figure 5 123 Correct routing of the power supply wire harnesses Formatter and line interface unit LIU CAUTION The formatter and LIU are ESD sensitive devices Note The HP LaserJet 3020 does not have a line interface unit LIU because it does not have fax capabilities ENWW Printer product base 171 1 Remove the right cover See Printer side covers 2 Remove one screw callout 1 and the I O shield callout 2 172 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Disconnect all of the connectors callout 3 on the formatter Wunn o Mu Figure 5 124 HP LaserJet 3015 formatter and LIU a0 Z HIN LE Mirum H E DU TX Figure 5 125 HP LaserJet 3020 formatter without
288. witch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize Try another power source If the sensor is not functioning replace the ADF the ADF is part of the flatbed lid See Flatbed lid Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize Try another power source If the error persists replace the scanner assembly See Scanner assembly Control panel messages 203 Table 6 2 Critical error messages continued Control panel message Event log Description Recommended action error message Scanner Bulb Failure HP LaserJet The scanner assembly experienced Turn off the power by using the 3020 and 3030 only an error in scanner bulb power switch wait at least 30 functionality seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the product to initialize Try another power source If the error persists lift the flatbed to see if the scanner bulb is illuminating If it is not illuminating replace the scanner assembly See Scanner assembly If the bulb is illuminating the scan module may be too far to the right to find the calibration strip during startup Follow this procedure to move the scan module so it begins the startup cycle farther to the left 1 Cycle the power and watch the movement of the scan module The scan module will move to the left and the bulb will illuminate
289. y 1 of 2 ENWW HP LaserJet 3020 and 3030 all in one 139 3 Slightly lift up the control panel and disconnect 1 FFC callout 2 Remove the control panel assembly CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during the removal or reinstallation process Figure 5 65 Remove the control panel assembly 2 of 2 ADF separation pad CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad Skin oils and fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print quality or paper pickup problems 1 Open the ADF cover and lift up the ADF pickup roller assembly 2 Use a 8 torx screwdriver to remove two torx screws callout 1 and remove the separation pad assembly Figure 5 66 Remove the separation pad 140 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW ADF input tray flag 1 Open the ADF cover 2 Gently flex the plastic rib that retains the flag hinge until the front flag hinge clears the mounting hole Rotate the ADF input flag until the hinge pin clears the plastic rib Pull the flag towards you to release the back hinge Si CEN Figure 5 67 Remove the ADF input tray flag Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the ADF input tray flag make sure that the long straight end of the spring is tucked under the lip on the flag and that the bent end of the spring threads through the hole in the plastic rib that retains the flag Make sure that the ADF input tray flag can move freely Figure 5 68 Correct positioning
290. y the paper present sensor detects its presence The standard operation of the ADF consists of the pick feed and lift steps Pick When it receives a copy or scan command the ADF motor engages the gear train to lower the pickup roller assembly and raise the stack stop The first roller called the pre pick roller moves the top few sheets forward into the ADF The next roller is the pickup roller This roller contacts the ADF separation pad which separates multiple pages into single sheets Feed The single sheet continues through the path Along the way the form sensor which is a set distance from the ADF glass detects the sheet This alerts the scanner to start when the page reaches the glass The scanner acquires the image one raster line at a time until it detects the end of the page The page is then ejected The pick and feed steps are repeated as long as paper is detected in the ADF input tray Lift When no more paper is detected in the ADF input tray and the form sensor detects the trailing edge of the last page the last sheet is ejected and the motor turns in a sequence that lifts the pick roller assembly to standby paper loading mode again The ADF will not function when the ADF lid is open The paper path is incomplete if the ADF lid is lifted from the glass Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Figure 4 15 ENWW ADF paper path and ADF sensors The following diagram shows the ADF paper path Separation pad
291. y Print Media Guide Draft mode or EconoMode is selected in the Try the normal or best setting driver The print cartridge is defective Replace the print cartridge 208 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Vertical lines appear on the printed page AaBbCc AaBbCc OB AaBbCc AaBbcc LONE NN The priority input tray is not in place Adjust the priority input tray The photosensitive drum inside the print cartridge Replace the print cartridge is scratched The fuser is damaged or has an obstruction Replace the fuser See Fuser The printed page has a gray background AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc LONE NN The priority input tray is not in place Adjust the priority input tray The print density setting is too high Decrease the amount of background shading by using the HP Toolbox The media basis weight is too high Change the media to a lower basis weight The humidity level is too low Very low humidity can increase the amount of background shading Move the product to a different location or decrease the background shading by using the HP Toolbox If this happens during copying set the light dark setting to a light value The print cartridge needs to be replaced Replace the print cartridge ENWW Solving image quality problems 209 Toner smears appear on the printed page AaBbCc AaBb c AaBbCc AaBE Cc AaBbCc If the toner smears appear on the leading
292. y is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU ENWW Warranty statement 15 HP s Premium Protection print cartridge warranty 16 Limited Warranty Statement This HP Print Cartridge is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship This warranty does not apply to print cartridges that a have been refilled refurbished remanufactured or tampered with
293. y service menu Use the secondary service menu to perform various tests and print service reports The following is a hierarchical diagram of the secondary service menu 2ndary Service Service Reports Continuous Self Test DS Fax DS No Fax Extended Keymap Translations Location codes Data Store Error Report Scanline data Red corrected Blue corrected Green corrected Red uncorrected Blue uncorrected Green uncorrected MENGE Clock Dithering Off eese S LLL To gain access to the secondary service menu 1 Make sure that the control panel display reads Ready 2 Press MENU ENTER 3 Press2 on the keypad You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by pressing 2 4 Use the lt or gt button to navigate the secondary service menu 262 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW 5 To exit the secondary service menu and remove it from the menu tree press canceL to return to the Ready display and then press cANceEL again To print a list of all the Fax data store parameters 1 From the secondary service menu use the lt or gt button to select Service reports and preSs MENU ENTER 2 Use the lt or gt button to select DS Fax and press MENU ENTER Developer s menu Use the developer s menu to adjust fax data store parameters and to run various tests The following is a hierarchical diagram of the developer s menu Busen ee mm memes emen mmm Monitor test Onh
294. y supplies ac voltage whenever the power cord is connected to the ac power source and the power switch is on The ac voltage is distributed to the dc power supply circuitry and to the ac driver circuitry which controls ac voltage to the fuser assembly heating element Dc power distribution The dc power distribution circuitry located on the engine power assembly distributes 3 3 Vdc 5 Vdc and 24 Vdc as follows Table 4 5 Dc power distribution 3 3 Vdc ECU sensors formatter Parallel interface on the 1015 formatter 80 Chapter 4 Operational overview ENWW Note ENWW Table 4 5 Dc power distribution continued 24 Vdc Main motor laser scanner motor solenoid high voltage power supply fuser safety circuit door switch Overcurrent overvoltage There are two overvoltage devices in this product e Fuse F101 provides overcurrent protection for the fusing system circuitry e Fuse F102 110 V products only provides overcurrent protection to the printer dc power supply circuitry You can check or replace the fuses by removing the left cover If either of these fuses fail replace the engine power supply See Power supply High voltage power distribution The high voltage power supply applies an overlap of dc and ac voltage to the primary charging roller and to the developing roller This circuit also applies a positive or negative dc voltage to the transfer roller according to the instructions from the engine co
295. yur les d See d E rg i e NOH ECCE Joypeuno souonue EL i THE LH zz Ee sJoysiuusu H er Been Pr 1 6d Sr al GR L t gu Gass E i z E au las e 1 Lil tavas S H om zur Loi 8 Leien 1esnj sn jeuueu H Wun seeds Sd had 5 y 1 SERT RIS 3 ls e z Sena 33g32939 4 93 Ps m 838 R 1 wun een toons s89 lt lt c 05rer es828g5922 ks See zo fBirseRhBDB2 8232828502 gt saa E D E CIEL GE CELL EM CD peuse die 8d EN GEGEND ZEPEP ie Tele ED 271 in wiring Ma HP LaserJet 3015 3020 and 3030 product base In wiring Ma Figure 6 21 ENWW Component locat

HP LaserJet 3015/3020/3030 all-in-one Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents